WHITMAN CORP
10-K405, 1998-03-20
BOTTLED & CANNED SOFT DRINKS & CARBONATED WATERS
Previous: HIBERNIA CORP, DEF 14A, 1998-03-20
Next: WHITMAN CORP, DEF 14A, 1998-03-20



                                      1997

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    Form 10-K
                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)
[x]  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
[ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from _______ to _______.

                        Commission File Number 001-04710
                               WHITMAN CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                   36-6076573
- ------------------------------------     ---------------------------------------
  (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
   incorporation or organization)

3501 Algonquin Road, Rolling Meadows, Illinois                 60008
- ----------------------------------------------              ----------
   (Address of principal executive offices)                 (Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code(847) 818-5000
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                                            
     Title of each class              Name of each exchange on which registered
- -------------------------------      -------------------------------------------
Common Stock, without par value                New York Stock Exchange
                                                Chicago Stock Exchange
                                                Pacific Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights                New York Stock Exchange
                                                Chicago Stock Exchange
                                                Pacific Stock Exchange

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during the  preceding  12 months and (2) has been  subject to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x] No [ ]
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
     As of February 27, 1998,  the  aggregate  market value of the  registrant's
common stock held by non-affiliates  was $1,792.3 million.  The number of shares
of common stock outstanding at that date was 100,621,718 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                                                           Part        Item
                                                          ------    ----------
1.   Whitman Corporation definitive proxy statement 
     dated March 20, 1998 for the 1998 Annual Meeting 
     of Shareholders.                                      III      10, 11, 12

                                     PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS.
GENERAL

     Whitman  Corporation  ("Whitman"  or the  "Company")  through its principal
operating company,  Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers,  Inc. ("General Bottlers"),  is
engaged in the production and  distribution  of Pepsi-Cola  brand products and a
variety  of other  non-alcoholic  beverage  products.  General  Bottlers  is the
world's largest independent franchised Pepsi-Cola bottler,  accounting for about
12 percent of all  Pepsi-Cola  products sold in the U.S. It serves a significant
portion of a twelve state region, primarily in the Midwest, with a customer base
of  approximately 25 million people.  In the last three years,  General Bottlers
has more than  doubled  its  potential  market by  signing  exclusive  franchise
agreements with PepsiCo,  Inc.  ("PepsiCo") for the northern and western half of
Poland  during  1994,  for  the  northwest  portion  of  Russia,  including  St.
Petersburg,  at the end of 1996, and for Belarus and the Baltic states (Estonia,
Latvia and Lithuania) in 1997. In 1987,  Whitman  entered into an agreement with
PepsiCo whereby PepsiCo contributed cash and assets in exchange for a 20 percent
interest in General  Bottlers.  While General Bottlers manages all phases of its
operations,  including  pricing of its  products,  General  Bottlers and PepsiCo
exchange  production,  marketing and distribution  information,  benefiting both
companies'  respective efforts to lower costs, improve productivity and increase
product sales. The Company was previously  engaged in the refrigeration  systems
and  equipment   business   conducted  through  Hussmann   International,   Inc.
("Hussmann")  and  in the  automotive  services  business  through  Midas,  Inc.
("Midas").  On January 30, 1998, the Company  distributed to shareholders all of
the common stock of Hussmann and Midas in tax-free spin-offs.

Forward-Looking Statements

     This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking  information which
reflects management's expectations,  estimates and assumptions, which were based
on  information  available  at the time  this  Form  10-K was  prepared.  Future
results,  performance or achievements of the Company may vary significantly from
such information and are subject to future events and uncertainties,  including,
among other factors, weather, economic and market conditions,  currency exchange
rates,  cost and  availability  of raw materials and  competitive  activities or
other business conditions.

Marketing and Distribution

     General Bottlers'  business is seasonal and subject to weather  conditions,
which have a significant impact on sales. In the United States, General Bottlers
sells its  products  across a  significant  portion  of a twelve  state  region,
including:  Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio,
Tennessee,  Virginia,  West  Virginia and  Wisconsin.  As part of its  long-term
strategy,  General Bottlers will look to acquire additional domestic franchises,
principally in the Midwest.
     In 1997,  approximately 87 percent of General Bottlers' domestic volume was
from Pepsi-Cola  brand products,  including:  Pepsi,  Diet Pepsi,  Caffeine Free
Pepsi,  Caffeine  Free Diet Pepsi,  Wild Cherry  Pepsi,  Diet Wild Cherry Pepsi,
Mountain Dew, Diet Mountain Dew, Caffeine Free Mountain Dew, Slice products, Mug
Root Beer, Mug Cream Soda,  All-Sport and Aquafina still water. General Bottlers
also  distributes  other brands,  including:  Dr Pepper,  7-Up,  Sunny  Delight,
Hawaiian  Punch,  Seagram's  mixers,  Ocean Spray,  Lipton Tea,  Frappuccino and
Avalon spring water, which account for the remaining 13 percent of volume.
     In  each  market,   General  Bottlers  sells  approximately  320  different
brand/package  combinations  through its three major channels:  take-home,  cold
drink and fountain. The take-home segment includes  supermarkets/grocery stores,
convenience stores, gas stations, mass merchandisers,  membership clubs and drug
stores. The  supermarkets/grocery  stores channel, where General Bottlers is the
market  share  leader in its  territories,  accounts for more than 45 percent of
total domestic volume, but is also the most price competitive  channel. The cold
drink segment includes  vending  machines and coolers.  The full service vending
machines  have the  highest  margin  of any  distribution  channel,  because  it
eliminates  the middleman and enables  General  Bottlers to establish the retail
price. General Bottlers owns a majority of the vending machines used to dispense
its  products  and will  continue  to invest  extensively  in vending  machines,
specifically  those  dispensing  20 ounce  non-returnable  ("NR")  bottles.  The
fountain  segment includes  fast-food  accounts and other  restaurants,  hotels,
hospitals, movie theaters and other commercial accounts. With PepsiCo's spin-off
of its  restaurant  businesses,  General  Bottlers  has been  pursuing  and will
continue to aggressively pursue fountain opportunities.
     Volume growth has  historically  come from the supermarkets  sector,  where
competition  is  intense.  General  Bottlers  has  recently  begun  to  focus on
obtaining  more of its growth from higher margin  channels,  such as convenience
stores, gas stations, vending machines and food service providers.
     The majority of General  Bottlers'  products are distributed by route sales
people to retail  outlets by truck.  General  Bottlers  operates more than 1,300
routes in its 11 domestic sales divisions,  112 routes in Poland,  and 37 routes
in Russia and the  Baltics.  General  Bottlers  fleet  includes  more than 3,000
vehicles,  the majority of which are owned. For several years,  General Bottlers
has been  expanding its bulk  distribution  system,  Pepsi  Express,  for larger
customers  in an effort to improve  productivity.  In Poland,  General  Bottlers
continues to improve the  efficiency of its delivery  system by reducing  routes
(from  160 in  1996  down  to the  current  112)  and  implementing  a  pre-sell
distribution system.
     General Bottlers  pioneered the use of hand-held  computers for route sales
people and this system enables General Bottlers to process sales and orders more
efficiently,  allows for better  inventory  and discount  controls,  and enables
sales personnel to handle a wider range of products more efficiently.

New Products

     During 1997,  General  Bottlers  continued  to expand its product  lines by
adding Sunny  Delight from Proctor and Gamble and  Frappuccino  from  Starbucks.
Both products were very successful  during their first year of introduction  and
will be rolled out in all divisions  during 1998. In addition,  General Bottlers
added Aquafina,  a new Pepsi brand still water product,  to compliment its other
bottled water product lines currently being distributed.
      As part of its  long-term  strategic  goal to transform  itself to a total
beverage  company and grow  faster  than the  industry,  General  Bottlers  will
continue  to  look  for  products  in the  non-carbonated  alternative  beverage
category to compliment its existing product offerings.

International Expansion

     In May, 1994,  General Bottlers  established a joint venture with PepsiCo's
existing manufacturing  operations and entered into a franchise agreement giving
it the  exclusive  right to  distribute  products  in the  northern  and western
regions of Poland. These distribution rights cover 40 percent of the population,
a market of approximately 16 million people.
     On December  31,  1996,  General  Bottlers  acquired  the assets of the St.
Petersburg,  Russia  franchise from PepsiCo,  which permits General  Bottlers to
produce and distribute  Pepsi-Cola brand products in St. Petersburg,  as well as
the surrounding area in the northwest region of Russia,  including  Kaliningrad.
In 1997,  General  Bottlers also acquired  franchise  rights for Belarus and the
Baltic  countries of Estonia,  Latvia and Lithuania.  Distribution in the Baltic
countries began during the first quarter of 1997.  These combined markets have a
total population of approximately 30 million.
     By the end of  1997,  General  Bottlers  had  invested  approximately  $145
million in Eastern  Europe,  including  Russia and the Baltics.  Investments  in
these  franchise  territories  during the next three  years are  expected  to be
approximately $75 million.
     The  Company  has  experienced  operating  losses in Poland each year since
beginning  operations in 1994. In 1997,  General  Bottlers reduced its losses in
Poland by one-third  from $12 million to $8 million as it cut costs,  introduced
new products and changed its distribution  system to a pre-sell system.  General
Bottlers expects to have additional  operating losses during the next two years,
but at levels  below those  incurred in 1997.  Despite  continued  expansion  in
Russia and the Baltics, it is expected total international operating losses will
be slightly  lower in 1998,  compared  with  operating  losses of $15 million in
1997.  General  Bottlers  expects  to  reach  break-even  in  its  international
operations by as early as the year 2000.  General  Bottlers  expects to find its
best opportunity for long-term growth in these markets. The current industry per
capita  consumption  in Russia and the Baltics is estimated to be  approximately
100 8-ounce  equivalents  per year  compared with  approximately  400 in Western
Europe and about 800 in the United States.

Bottling Contracts

     General Bottlers conducts its business primarily under bottling  agreements
with PepsiCo. These contracts give General Bottlers exclusive rights to produce,
market and distribute  Pepsi-Cola  products in authorized  containers and to use
the related  trade names and  trademarks  in the  specified  territories.  These
franchises  require  General  Bottlers,  among other  things,  to  purchase  its
concentrate  requirements solely from PepsiCo, at prices established by PepsiCo,
and to promote diligently the sale and distribution of Pepsi brand products.
     Pepsi  franchise  agreements in the United States are issued in perpetuity,
subject to  termination  only upon failure to comply with their  terms.  General
Bottlers has similar  arrangements with other companies whose brands it produces
and distributes.
     Pepsi franchise  agreements outside the United States are for fifteen years
in duration.  General  Bottlers  expects these agreements to be renewed prior to
their termination.

Advertising

     General  Bottlers  benefits  greatly from  national  advertising  campaigns
conducted by PepsiCo and the other beverage  companies  whose products it sells.
General Bottlers also makes  substantial  advertising  expenditures in its local
markets, including the use of television,  radio, print and billboards.  General
Bottlers  also  makes  extensive  use  of  in-store  point-of-sale  displays  to
reinforce the national and local advertising and to stimulate impulse purchases.

Raw Materials

     Excluding the water products,  virtually all of General Bottlers'  products
use  concentrates,  which  are  supplied  by the  franchisors.  In  addition  to
concentrates,  General Bottlers  purchases  sweeteners (e.g.,  fructose),  cans,
plastic  bottles,  closures,  carbon  dioxide  and  other  packaging  materials,
including  cardboard,  for use in the production and packaging of Pepsi-Cola and
other  non-alcoholic  beverages.  All  raw  materials  and  supplies,  excluding
concentrates,  are purchased from multiple  suppliers.  The packaging  materials
(bottles,  cans, caps, closures,  cartons and cases) are obtained from suppliers
approved  by the  franchisors.  General  Bottlers  obtains  water for use in the
domestic production process from publicly available sources.
     General  Bottlers  negotiates  contracts  for its  sweetener  and packaging
material   requirements  to  minimize  fluctuations  in  costs  and  ensure  the
availability  of those  materials  and  supplies.  The Company has entered  into
contracts,  which include a significant portion of its expected  requirements in
1998, for cans, plastic bottles and cardboard. During the first quarter of 1998,
the Company was still in negotiations,  which would cover  substantially  all of
its 1998 fructose  requirements.  A final agreement is expected during the first
or second quarter of 1998.
     In 1997,  General  Bottlers  experienced  lower  costs for  aluminum  cans,
plastic bottles and sweeteners, but it is expected that such costs will increase
during 1998.
     The  inability of suppliers to deliver  concentrates  or other  products to
General  Bottlers could  adversely  affect  operating  results.  None of the raw
materials or supplies  currently in use are in short  supply,  although  factors
outside of the control of General  Bottlers  could  adversely  impact the future
availability of these supplies.

Competition

     Americans  consume  more soft  drinks  than any other  beverage,  including
water.  Competition  among soft drinks of all kinds is intense,  particularly in
the principal cola drink market which accounts for  approximately  60 percent of
the total soft drink market.  The  carbonated  soft drink market is dominated by
Pepsi-Cola  and Coca-Cola  with a combined  estimated  market share of nearly 75
percent in 1997. Other major  participants  include Dr Pepper,  7-Up, Canada Dry
and Royal Crown Cola.
     The non-alcoholic beverage business is also extremely competitive.  General
Bottlers  competes  with many  forms of  commercial  beverages  in  addition  to
carbonated soft drinks, such as coffee, coffee drinks, tea, tea drinks,  juices,
juice drinks,  milk,  milk drinks and bottled water.  The principal  competitive
factors in the carbonated soft drink industry are price,  brand  recognition and
brand image. In the carbonated soft drink category the principal  competition is
Coca-Cola brand products.

Employees

     Whitman's  continuing  operations  employed  6,381  people  worldwide as of
December  31,  1997.  This  included  5,340  people  employed  in  the  domestic
operations and 1,041 people employed in the foreign operations. The Company is a
party  to  collective   bargaining   agreements  covering   approximately  2,800
employees.   Ten  agreements  covering   approximately  800  employees  will  be
renegotiated  in 1998.  Whitman  regards its  employee  relations  as  generally
satisfactory.

Government Regulations

     General Bottlers' domestic  production and marketing,  including  container
labeling, are subject to the rules and regulations of the United States Food and
Drug  Administration and other federal,  state and local governmental  agencies.
State rules and regulations include beverage container deposit laws in Michigan,
Iowa and the city of Columbia,  Missouri.  While the Company  actively  supports
environmental and anti-litter  programs, it also attempts to mitigate any impact
resulting  from the enactment of rules and  regulations  regarding  deposits and
restrictive  packaging which could adversely affect the operating results of the
Company.  Such rules and  regulations,  if enacted,  could adversely  affect the
operations of the Company.

Environmental Matters

     Whitman  maintains  a  continuous  program to  facilitate  compliance  with
federal,  state and local laws and  regulations  relating  to the  discharge  or
emission  of  materials  into,  and other laws and  regulations  relating to the
protection of, the environment. The capital costs of such compliance,  including
the costs of the  modification  of existing  plants and the  installation of new
manufacturing  processes  incorporating  pollution control  technology,  are not
material.
     Under the agreement  pursuant to which Whitman sold Pneumo Abex Corporation
in 1988 and a subsequent  settlement  agreement entered into with Pneumo Abex in
September,  1991,  Whitman has assumed  indemnification  obligations for certain
environmental  liabilities  of Pneumo  Abex,  net of any  insurance  recoveries.
Pneumo  Abex has been and is  subject  to a number of  federal,  state and local
environmental cleanup proceedings, including proceedings under the Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980  ("CERCLA") at
off-site locations involving other major corporations which have also been named
as potentially  responsible  parties ("PRPs").  Pneumo Abex also has been and is
subject to private  claims and several  lawsuits for  remediation  of properties
currently or previously owned by Pneumo Abex, and Whitman is subject to two such
suits.
     There is significant uncertainty in assessing the total cost of remediating
a given site and in determining any individual  party's share in that cost. This
is due to the fact that the Pneumo Abex  liabilities are at different  stages in
terms of their ultimate  resolution,  and any assessment and  determination  are
inherently  speculative  during  the early  stages,  depending  upon a number of
variables  beyond the  control of any party.  Additionally,  the  settlement  of
governmental  proceedings or private claims for remediation  invariably involves
negotiations  within  broad cost  ranges of possible  remediation  alternatives.
Furthermore,  there are significant  timing  considerations in that a portion of
the expense involved and any resulting obligation of Whitman to indemnify Pneumo
Abex may not be incurred for a number of years.
     In 1992, the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") issued a
Record of Decision  ("ROD")  under the  provisions  of CERCLA  setting forth the
scope of  expected  remedial  action at a Pneumo Abex  facility  in  Portsmouth,
Virginia.  The EPA has estimated that the cost of the remedial action  necessary
to comply  with an  Amended  ROD,  issued in 1994,  will total $31  million.  In
January,  1996,  Pneumo Abex executed a Consent  Decree with the EPA agreeing to
implement  remediation of areas associated with the former  Portsmouth  facility
operations.  Whitman management is optimistic that the cost of implementation of
the remedy  required by the Consent  Decree will be less than the estimated cost
set forth in the Amended ROD.  Additionally,  in a lawsuit brought against other
PRPs that did not  execute  the Consent  Decree,  Pneumo  Abex and Whitman  have
recovered  approximately  $3.1  million  in  settlements  and  have  obtained  a
judgment,  currently being appealed,  against other financially  viable PRPs for
more than 40  percent of the past and future  response  costs at the  Portsmouth
site.
     Management  believes  that  potential  insurance  recoveries  may  defray a
portion  of  the  expenses   involved  in  meeting  Pneumo  Abex   environmental
liabilities.   In  November,  1992,  Jensen-Kelly  Corporation,  a  Pneumo  Abex
subsidiary,  Pneumo Abex and certain  other of its  affiliates,  and Whitman and
certain of its affiliates,  filed a lawsuit against numerous insurance companies
in the Superior Court of California,  Los Angeles  County,  seeking  damages and
declaratory  relief for insurance  coverage and defense costs for  environmental
claims.  In 1997,  Whitman and Pneumo Abex  achieved  settlements  with  several
carriers, and although optimistic it will receive additional recoveries, Whitman
is otherwise unable to predict the outcome of this litigation.
     In the opinion of management,  the eventual  resolution of these claims and
litigation,  considering  amounts  accrued,  but excluding  potential  insurance
recoveries,  will not have a  material  adverse  effect on  Whitman's  financial
condition or the results of operations.

Item 2. PROPERTIES.

     General Bottlers' facilities include five bottling plants, four combination
bottling/canning  plants  and four  canning  plants  with a total  manufacturing
capacity of  approximately  550,000 square feet. In addition,  General  Bottlers
operates from 72 distribution  facilities,  including 16 distribution facilities
located  in  Eastern  Europe,  with five new  facilities  added in  portions  of
northwest  Russia and the  Baltics  during  1997.  Sixteen  of the  distribution
facilities  are  leased  and  approximately  13  percent  of  General  Bottlers'
production  is from its one leased  domestic  plant.  The Company  believes  all
facilities are adequately equipped and maintained and capacity is sufficient for
its current  needs.  General  Bottlers  currently  operates a fleet of more than
3,000  vehicles  in the  U.S.  and  nearly  700  vehicles  in its  international
operations to service its existing routes.
     In addition,  Whitman owns various  industrial,  commercial and residential
real estate properties in the United States and a leasing company,  which leases
approximately  2,000  railcars,  comprised of  locomotives,  flatcars and hopper
cars, to the Illinois Central Railroad Company.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     Whitman and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous  lawsuits,  none of
which,  in the opinion of  management,  are expected to have a material  adverse
effect on Whitman's results of operations or financial condition.
     See also "Environmental Matters" in Item 1.

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     None.

                                     PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

     The  common  stock of the  Company  is listed  and  traded on the New York,
Chicago and Pacific  stock  exchanges.  The table below sets forth the  reported
high and low sales  prices as  reported  for New York Stock  Exchange  Composite
Transactions  for Whitman  common stock and indicates the Whitman  dividends for
each quarterly period for the years 1997 and 1996.

                                                     Common
                                      ------------------------------------
                                         High         Low         Dividend
                                      ---------    ---------      --------
1997:
- -----
1st quarter                           $ 24.625     $ 21.625       $ 0.105
2nd quarter                             26.750       22.625         0.115
3rd quarter                             27.250       24.125         0.115
4th quarter                             28.125       24.250         0.115

1996:
- -----
1st quarter                           $ 25.000     $ 21.750       $ 0.095
2nd quarter                             25.750       22.875         0.105
3rd quarter                             24.625       21.875         0.105
4th quarter                             25.125       22.375         0.105


     There were 16,948 shareholders of record at December 31, 1997.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     Included in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
        OF OPERATIONS.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     The  Company's  net cash  from  operating  activities  increased  by $133.0
million in 1997 to $270.2  million.  
     Net cash provided by continuing  operations remained strong,  increasing by
$7.0 million to $152.9 million.  Income from continuing  operations  declined by
$32.0 million,  principally due to the impact of special charges,  which reduced
income by $31.6  million after income taxes and minority  interest.  The special
charges  required only a minimal use of cash during 1997,  reducing cash by $2.4
million.  Changes  in  primary  working  capital  (defined  as  receivables  and
inventories less payables) required a net additional investment of $13.8 million
in 1997 compared with a net reduction of $6.0 million in the prior year. Changes
in the individual  working capital accounts were not significant.  A significant
portion of the change in other assets and  liabilities  resulted from a recently
settled  audit with the  Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  for the years 1988
through 1991. This  settlement  resulted in refunds of $44.7 million in 1997, of
which $10.7 million was related to continuing operations.
     Net cash provided by discontinued  operations improved by $126.0 million in
1997. The sharp increase  principally  resulted from the positive net cash flows
from Hussmann and Midas,  which were reclassified to discontinued  operations in
1997, due in part to strong  improvements in the management of working  capital.
The cash provided by discontinued operations in 1997 also included the remaining
portion of the IRS audit settlement, discussed above, for the years 1988 through
1991.  In  addition,  net cash  provided by  discontinued  operations  reflected
environmental expenditures,  net of insurance recoveries,  related to previously
sold subsidiaries.
     The Company  invested  $81.5  million,  net of proceeds,  in its operations
during 1997  compared  with a net  investment  of $85.6  million in the previous
year.  Included  was $83.4  million  for  capital  expenditure  programs in 1997
compared  with $87.2  million in the prior  year.  It is expected  that  capital
spending in 1998, excluding acquisitions, will surpass 1997 levels due, in part,
to planned increased investment in vending equipment,  additional  investment in
information  technology  systems, as well as other anticipated capital programs.
In 1997, General Bottlers acquired the Pepsi-Cola bottler in St. Petersburg from
PepsiCo for $20.2  million.  To support  its  international  expansion,  General
Bottlers  also  invested  $2.2  million and $30.6  million in its joint  venture
manufacturing  operations  in  Poland  in  1997  and  1996,  respectively.   The
investment in the joint venture in 1996  included a new  manufacturing  facility
near Poznan,  Poland.  Purchases and sales of investments  principally relate to
the Company's insurance  subsidiary,  which provides certain levels of insurance
for General Bottlers and the now discontinued  operations of Hussmann and Midas.
Funds  provided  through  premiums are invested by the insurance  subsidiary and
proceeds from the sale of  investments  are used by the insurance  subsidiary to
pay claims to the extent  required.  A substantial  portion of the purchases and
sales of such investments are reinvested as the investments mature. In 1997, the
Company  liquidated  $10.0  million  of the  insurance  subsidiary's  investment
portfolio,  compared with a liquidation  of $70.0 million in the previous  year;
the funds were used to reduce  outside  indebtedness  and for general  corporate
purposes.
     During 1997,  financing  activities resulted in a net use of funds totaling
$136.4  million  compared with a net use of $113.3  million in 1996. The Company
issued $75.0 million of long-term debt (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements)  during 1997, of which $25.0 million  related to the acquisition and
ongoing operating  requirements of the newly acquired  franchise in Russia.  The
remaining  $50.0  million of debt  issued in 1997  replaced  debt which  matured
during the year. A total of $95.5 million of debt was repaid in 1997,  including
a $30.0 term loan  scheduled  to mature in 2000.  As part of its  ongoing  share
repurchase program,  the Company repurchased 3.3 million shares of its stock for
$82.1 million.  During the previous year it used $93.2 million to acquire nearly
4.0 million shares.  The Company paid dividends of $45.6 million in 1997,  based
on an annual cash dividend  level of $0.45 per share compared with $42.9 million
(annually  $0.41 per share) in the previous  year.  The issuance of common stock
from the exercise of stock options  resulted in cash inflows of $11.8 million in
1997, compared with $14.6 million in 1996.
     At  December  31,  1997,  the Company had $300  million  available  under a
contractual  revolving  credit  facility  and $200 million  available  under its
commercial paper program.  Neither facility was in use at December 31, 1997. The
Company  believes that with strong  operating cash flows, its available lines of
credit,  cash received from Hussmann and Midas in connection with the spin-offs,
and the  potential  for  additional  debt and  equity  offerings,  it will  have
sufficient  resources to fund its future growth and expansion,  including  funds
for capital expenditures and possible acquisitions.

Operating Results -  1997 compared with 1996
- --------------------------------------------

     For a  description  of the  Company's  major  products  and  its  principal
markets,  reference is made to Part I, Item 1, Business, and to Note 16, Segment
Reporting, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Sales

     Sales  increased  by $56.1  million,  or 3.7  percent,  in 1997 to $1,557.5
million.
     Domestic  sales  increased by $12.9  million,  or 0.9  percent,  in 1997 to
$1,464.0 million.  Unit case volume (which represented  approximately 88 percent
of total sales) in the U.S.  increased  by 4.8  percent.  The increase in volume
principally reflected growth in Mountain Dew, Dr Pepper, Mug Root Beer and Sunny
Delight, with Pepsi brand product sales volume being essentially flat with 1996.
This  increase  in volume  was  offset to a large  degree by lower  average  net
selling prices.  The average net selling price on this unit case volume fell 4.2
percent  below the prior year,  reflecting  the  extremely  competitive  pricing
environment  throughout General Bottlers' domestic markets,  particularly in the
supermarket channel.
     International  sales  increased  by $43.2  million  to $93.5  million.  The
increase  principally  reflected General Bottlers' expansion into newly acquired
territories in Russia and the Baltics.

Gross Profit

     The Company's  consolidated gross profit increased by $7.9 million,  or 1.4
percent, to $584.9 million.  The gross profit margin declined to 37.6 percent of
sales in 1997 from 38.4 percent in 1996.  This reduction  principally  reflected
the adverse effects of the competitive  pricing  pressures in General  Bottlers'
domestic  markets.  The domestic gross profit margin  declined by 0.4 percentage
points to 38.7 percent.  Contributing to the decline in the consolidated  margin
were lower  margin  sales in the newly  acquired  territories  in Russia and the
Baltics,  reflecting an extremely  competitive  pricing  environment and certain
inefficiencies  related to the start-up of these  operations.  Margins in Poland
improved,   reflecting  the  benefits  of  increased  volume  and  manufacturing
efficiencies.   Internationally,  the  gross  profit  margin  decreased  by  0.7
percentage points to 19.1 percent from 19.8 percent in the previous year.

Selling, General and Administrative

     Selling,  general and  administrative  (S,G&A) expenses  increased by $22.9
million,  or 6.2 percent,  compared with the 3.7 percent increase in sales. As a
result,  S,G&A expenses  increased to 25.0 percent of sales,  compared with 24.4
percent in 1996. The higher level of expenses reflected,  among other items, the
start-up of operations in Russia and the Baltics,  which accounted for more than
half of the  increase in S,G&A  expenses.  The  increase in S,G&A  expenses as a
percent of sales also reflected the competitive pricing environment during 1997.
     Corporate  administrative  expenses,  excluding  special  charges  of $34.5
million, declined slightly from $17.5 million in 1996 to $16.9 million in 1997.
     The  increase  in  amortization   expense   primarily   resulted  from  the
amortization of goodwill related to the acquisition in Russia.

Operating Income

     Operating  income  declined by $64.6  million,  or 33.2 percent,  to $130.2
million.  The  decrease was  primarily  the result of special  charges  incurred
during the third and fourth  quarters of 1997 totaling $49.3 million (see Note 3
to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
     General Bottlers' domestic operating income was down $24.1 million in 1997,
or 10.7  percent,  from the previous year to $200.3  million.  Included in these
results  were  special  charges  of  $11.1  million,  primarily  related  to the
consolidation of its divisions. The lower earnings also reflected the effects of
lower gross profit margins and higher  distribution  costs which were caused, in
part, by higher unit case volumes.
     General  Bottlers'  international  operating loss increased by $6.6 million
from the  previous  year to $18.7  million,  including  special  charges of $3.7
million in 1997. The increased  operating losses also reflected  start-up losses
of $6.9 million in Russia and the Baltics, offset by improved results in Poland,
which reduced its operating losses by approximately one-third.

Interest and Other Expenses

     Interest  expense,  net, did not change  significantly  on a year over year
basis.  Other  expenses,  net,  decreased by $7.6  million,  which was primarily
attributable to an $8.7 million charge recorded in 1996, principally relating to
asset write-downs at General Bottlers' joint venture in Poland.

Technology Systems and Year 2000 Issues

     As  the  year  2000  approaches,  the  Company  recognizes  customers'  and
shareholders'  concerns  regarding  its  systems  and its ability to produce and
distribute its products in an effective manner. The Company has identified which
systems  are not  presently  ready  for the new  millennium  and has  identified
options  available to make such  systems  ready for this  change.  In 1998,  the
Company will begin  implementation  of an  integrated  enterprise-wide  resource
planning ("ERP") system. The ERP  implementation,  while upgrading and expanding
the  capacity of existing  systems,  will make all  financial  systems year 2000
compliant.  The Company  expects to have system  changes which address year 2000
exposures,  including ERP financial systems  implementation,  in place and ready
prior to January 1, 2000, with no significant disruption to its operations.  The
Company  does not believe that the  financial  impact of making its systems year
2000 compliant will be material to the Company's  financial  position or results
of operations.
     The Company  recognizes  the impact  third  parties  have on its ability to
achieve  readiness  for the year  2000.  The  Company  is  discussing  year 2000
readiness with its key customers, suppliers and financial institutions.

Operating Results -  1996 compared with 1995
- --------------------------------------------

Sales

     Sales  increased  by $52.7  million,  or 3.6  percent,  in 1996 to $1,501.4
million.
     Domestic  sales  increased by $37.2  million,  or 2.6  percent,  in 1996 to
$1,451.1 million.  Unit case volume (which represented  approximately 88 percent
of total sales) in the U.S.  increased  by 3.8 percent.  The average net selling
price on such  volume  fell  approximately  one  percent  below the prior  year,
reflecting the competitive pricing  environment  throughout the domestic markets
during the latter half of the year.
     International sales increased by $15.5 million in 1996, or 44.5 percent, to
$50.3 million. The increase in sales principally resulted from General Bottlers'
continued  expansion in Poland and  reflected an increase in case volume,  which
rose 33.6 percent during 1996, as well as improved pricing.

Gross Profit

     The Company's  consolidated gross profit increased by $38.8 million, or 7.2
percent, to $577.0 million.  The gross profit margin improved to 38.4 percent of
sales in 1996 from 37.2 percent in 1995. This improvement reflected the benefits
of  lower  ingredient  and  packaging  costs  in  General   Bottlers'   domestic
operations,  where the margin improved by 1.5 percentage points to 39.1 percent.
Additionally,  General Bottlers'  international  operations improved their gross
profit margins by 2.3 percentage points to 19.8 percent, reflecting the benefits
of higher volumes and pricing.

Selling, General and Administrative

     S,G&A expenses  increased by $24.3 million,  or 7.1 percent,  compared with
the 3.6 percent increase in sales. As a result, S,G&A expenses increased to 24.4
percent  of sales,  compared  with 23.6  percent in 1995.  The  higher  level of
expenses included,  among other items, the continued  expansion of operations in
Poland, which accounted for $4.7 million of the total increase in S,G&A expenses
in 1996.  The  remaining  increase  principally  resulted  from  higher  selling
expenses,  including  costs  associated  with the "Pepsi Stuff"  program,  which
represented  the largest  promotion ever  sponsored by PepsiCo.  The increase in
S,G&A  expenses,  as a percent  of  sales,  also  reflects  the  effects  of the
competitive  pricing  environment  during  the  latter  half of 1996.  Corporate
administrative  expenses increased by $0.9 million to $17.5 million.  There were
no  significant  items which caused the increase.  
     The increase in amortization  expense was primarily  attributable to a full
year's  impact of goodwill  amortization  related to the Cedar Rapids  franchise
acquisition made during 1995.

Operating Income

     Operating  income  increased by $13.7  million,  or 7.6 percent,  to $194.8
million.
     Domestically,  General Bottlers'  operating income increased $15.4 million,
or 7.4 percent, to $224.4 million.  The operating margin, as a percent of sales,
increased  to 15.5 percent  from 14.8  percent in 1995.  The  improved  domestic
results  reflected  the benefits of higher  sales  volume,  together  with lower
ingredient and packaging costs.
     Internationally,  operating  losses  increased  by $0.8  million  to  $12.1
million,  as General Bottlers  continued to expand and build its market position
in Poland.

Interest and Other Expenses

     Interest  expense  declined  by $2.1  million  in 1996  to  $68.2  million,
resulting from lower average  interest rates.  Interest income increased by $2.1
million in 1996 to $3.0 million,  due in part to loans made to General Bottlers'
joint venture in Poland, as well as an increase in temporary funds available for
short-term investment.  The remaining decrease in interest expense, net, related
to increased  interest income on loans and advances to Hussmann and Midas, which
were reclassified to discontinued operations in December,  1997. Other expenses,
net,  increased by $10.3 million,  which was primarily  attributable  to an $8.7
million charge recorded in 1996,  principally  relating to asset  write-downs at
General Bottlers' joint venture in Poland.

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

     See Index to Financial Information.

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     None.
                                    PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     Whitman  incorporates  by reference  the  information  contained  under the
caption  "Election of Directors" in its definitive  proxy  statement dated March
20, 1998,  filed  pursuant to Section  14(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
     The  executive  officers of Whitman and their ages as of March 1, 1998 were
as follows:

                           Age              Position
                           ---              --------
Bruce S. Chelberg          63      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Thomas L. Bindley          54      Executive Vice President
Robert C. Cushing          45      Corporate Vice President and President, 
                                    Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.
Frank T. Westover          59      Senior Vice President-Controller
Lawrence J. Pilon          49      Senior Vice President-Human Resources
Charles H. Connolly        63      Vice President-Corporate Affairs and Investor
                                    Relations
William B. Moore           56      Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

     Except as  described  in the  following  paragraph  or as  incorporated  by
reference to the Registrant's  definitive proxy statement,  all of the executive
officers  of Whitman  have held  positions  which are the same or which  involve
substantially similar functions as indicated above during the past five years.
     Mr.  Pilon  joined  Whitman  Corporation  as  Senior  Vice  President-Human
Resources in February,  1994.  Prior to joining Whitman  Corporation,  Mr. Pilon
served as Vice  President-Human  Resources and Secretary of National Intergroup,
Inc. from June, 1986 to January,  1994. In 1997, Mr. Cushing became President of
Pepsi-Cola  General  Bottlers,  Inc.  and  Corporate  Vice  President of Whitman
Corporation.  Mr. Cushing joined General  Bottlers in 1984 and has  subsequently
held various executive positions,  serving as Executive Vice President-Marketing
and Strategic Planning from 1996-1997. 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     Whitman  incorporates  by reference  the  information  contained  under the
caption  "Executive  Compensation"  and the last  paragraph  under  the  caption
"General  Information"  in its definitive  proxy statement dated March 20, 1998,
filed  pursuant to Section  14(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     Whitman  incorporates  by reference  the  information  contained  under the
captions  "Principal  Shareholders"  and "Securities  Ownership of Directors and
Executive  Officers" in its  definitive  proxy  statement  dated March 20, 1998,
filed  pursuant to Section  14(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     None.

                                     PART IV

Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

     (a) See Index to Financial Information and Exhibit Index.

     (b) Through December 31, 1997, no reports on Form 8-K were filed subsequent
         to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
         September 30, 1997.
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized  on the 20th day of
March, 1998.

                                    WHITMAN CORPORATION

                                    By:  /s/ FRANK T. WESTOVER
                                         --------------------------------   
                                         Frank T. Westover
                                         Senior Vice President-Controller

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  in the  capacities
indicated on the 20th day of March, 1998.

     Signature                      Title

*   Bruce S. Chelberg               Chairman and Chief
    ------------------------        Executive Officer and Director
    BRUCE S. CHELBERG               (principal executive officer)

*   Thomas L. Bindley               Executive Vice President
    ------------------------        (principal financial officer)
    THOMAS L. BINDLEY                          

    /s/ FRANK T. WESTOVER           Senior Vice President-Controller
    ------------------------        (principal accounting officer)
    FRANK T. WESTOVER                          

*   Herbert M. Baum                 Director
    ------------------------
    HERBERT M. BAUM

*   Richard G. Cline                Director     *By:  /s/ FRANK T. WESTOVER
    ------------------------                            ---------------------
    RICHARD G. CLINE                                   Frank T. Westover
                                                       Attorney-in-Fact
*   Pierre S. duPont                Director           March 20, 1998
    ------------------------
    PIERRE S. du PONT

*   Archie R. Dykes                 Director
    ------------------------
    ARCHIE R. DYKES

*   Charles W. Gaillard             Director
    ------------------------
    CHARLES W. GAILLARD

*   Jarobin Gilbert, Jr.            Director
    ------------------------
    JAROBIN GILBERT, JR.

*   Victoria J. Gregoricus          Director
    ------------------------
    VICTORIA J. GREGORICUS

*   Donald P. Jacobs                Director
    ------------------------
    DONALD P. JACOBS

*   Charles S. Locke                Director
    ------------------------
    CHARLES S. LOCKE
<PAGE>
                      WHITMAN CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES



                             ----------------------

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION


                   FOR INCLUSION IN ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
<PAGE>
                      WHITMAN CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION



                                                                           
Statement of Financial Responsibility

Independent Auditors' Report

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 
and 1995

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1997, 
1996 and 1995

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Selected Financial Data

Financial Statement Schedules:

     Financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they are not
     applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements
     or related notes.
<PAGE>
                      STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

     The   consolidated   financial   statements  of  Whitman   Corporation  and
subsidiaries  have been prepared by management  which is  responsible  for their
integrity and content.  These  statements  have been prepared in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and include  amounts  which reflect
certain estimates and judgments by management.  Actual results could differ from
these estimates.
     The Board of Directors,  acting  through the Audit  Committee of the Board,
has  responsibility  for  determining  that  management  fulfills  its duties in
connection with the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.  The
Audit Committee meets  periodically and privately with the Independent  Auditors
and with the internal  auditors to review matters relating to the quality of the
financial reporting of the Company,  the related internal controls and the scope
and results of their audits.  The Committee  also meets with  management and the
internal audit staff to review the affairs of the Company.
     To meet management's responsibility for the fair and objective reporting of
the results of operations and financial condition, the Company maintains systems
of internal  controls  and  procedures  to provide  reasonable  assurance of the
reliability of its accounting  records.  These systems include written  policies
and  procedures,  a  substantial  program  of  internal  audit  and the  careful
selection and training of its financial staff.
     The Company's Independent  Auditors,  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, are engaged to
audit the  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and to issue their
report  thereon.  Their audit has been  conducted in accordance  with  generally
accepted auditing standards. Their report appears on the following page.
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
OF WHITMAN CORPORATION:

     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Whitman
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of  the  years  in  the  three-year   period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
consolidated  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Whitman
Corporation  and  subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.


/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Chicago, Illinois
January 16, 1998
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the years ended December 31
(in millions, except for earnings per share)                                            1997         1996         1995
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales                                                                                $  1,557.5   $  1,501.4   $  1,448.7
Cost of goods sold                                                                        972.6        924.4        910.5
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Gross profit                                                                           584.9        577.0        538.2
Selling, general and administrative expenses                                              389.7        366.8        342.5
Amortization expense                                                                       15.7         15.4         14.6
Special charges (Note 3)                                                                   49.3           --           --
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Operating income                                                                       130.2        194.8        181.1
Interest expense, net (Note 4)                                                            (42.3)       (41.5)       (47.6)
Other expense, net                                                                        (18.0)       (25.6)       (15.3)
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Income before income taxes                                                              69.9        127.7        118.2
Income taxes (Note 5)                                                                      37.9         61.1         52.8
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Income from continuing operations before minority interest                              32.0         66.6         65.4
Minority interest                                                                          16.2         18.8         18.6
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Income from continuing operations                                                       15.8         47.8         46.8
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations after taxes (Note 2)                        (11.7)        91.6         86.7
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
   Net income                                                                        $      4.1   $    139.4   $    133.5
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========

Average number of common shares outstanding - Basic                                       101.6        104.8        104.9
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========
Average number of common shares outstanding - Diluted                                     102.9        106.0        106.0
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========

Income (Loss) Per Common Share - Basic:
Continuing operations                                                                $     0.16   $     0.46   $     0.44
Discontinued operations                                                                   (0.12)        0.87         0.83
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income                                                                           $     0.04   $     1.33   $     1.27
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========

Income (Loss) Per Common Share  - Diluted:
Continuing operations                                                                $     0.15   $     0.45   $     0.44
Discontinued operations                                                                   (0.11)        0.87         0.82
                                                                                     ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income                                                                           $     0.04   $     1.32   $     1.26
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========
Cash dividends per common share                                                      $     0.45   $     0.41   $     0.37
                                                                                     ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

The following notes are an integral part of these statements.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31
(in millions)                                                                                        1997         1996
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                                               <C>          <C>
ASSETS:
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                                      $     52.4   $      4.7
   Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3.4 million in 1997 and
      $1.7 million in 1996                                                                             131.7        125.4
   Inventories:
      Raw materials and supplies                                                                        28.1         23.8
      Finished goods                                                                                    41.8         40.2
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
         Total inventories                                                                              69.9         64.0
   Other current assets                                                                                 36.3         47.9
   Net current assets of companies held for disposition                                                270.5        356.1
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
        Total current assets                                                                           560.8        598.1
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
Investments                                                                                            157.0        176.6
Property (at cost):
     Land                                                                                               14.9         15.7
     Buildings and improvements                                                                        161.3        148.4
     Machinery and equipment                                                                           702.0        666.5
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
        Total property                                                                                 878.2        830.6
     Accumulated depreciation and amortization                                                        (471.6)      (447.0)
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
        Net property                                                                                   406.6        383.6
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $140.8 million in 1997 and
   $125.1 million in 1996                                                                              462.6        469.2
Other assets                                                                                            49.5         33.8
Net non-current assets of companies held for disposition                                               393.2        419.3
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
     Total assets                                                                                 $  2,029.7   $  2,080.6
                                                                                                  ==========   ==========

</TABLE>
The following notes are an integral part of these statements.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31
(in millions)                                                                                        1997         1996
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                                               <C>          <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Current liabilities:
   Short-term debt, including current maturities of long-term debt                                $    282.5   $     85.5
   Accounts and dividends payable                                                                       97.8        100.8
   Income taxes payable                                                                                  2.9          3.0
   Accrued expenses:
     Salaries and wages                                                                                 16.1         18.3
     Interest                                                                                           20.7         21.0
     Other                                                                                              70.0         41.2
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
        Total current liabilities                                                                      490.0        269.8
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
Long-term debt                                                                                         604.7        821.7
Deferred income taxes                                                                                   75.4         30.7
Other liabilities                                                                                       98.4         85.2
Minority interest                                                                                      221.5        231.0
Shareholders' equity:
   Common stock  (without par, 250.0 million  shares  authorized;  111.7 million
     issued at December 31, 1997 and 110.6 million issued at December 31, 1996)                        478.2        456.3
   Retained income                                                                                     363.4        402.0
   Cumulative translation adjustment                                                                   (78.8)       (57.8)
   Unrealized investment gain                                                                            0.2          1.8
   Treasury stock (10.6 million shares at December 31, 1997 and 8.0 million shares at
     December 31, 1996)                                                                               (223.3)      (160.1)
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------
     Total shareholders' equity                                                                        539.7        642.2
                                                                                                  ----------   ----------

     Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                                   $  2,029.7   $  2,080.6
                                                                                                  ==========   ==========

</TABLE>
The following notes are an integral part of these statements.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the years ended December 31
(in millions)                                                                            1997          1996        1995
                                                                                      ---------     ---------   ---------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Income from continuing operations                                                     $    15.8    $    47.8    $    46.8
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                                           73.8         75.2         70.6
   Special charges not affecting cash                                                      46.9           --           --
   Other                                                                                   16.5         25.3         13.4
Changes in assets and liabilities, exclusive of acquisitions:
   (Increase) decrease in receivables                                                      (5.8)         2.4          6.9
   (Increase) decrease in inventories                                                      (2.4)         1.8         (8.8)
   Increase (decrease) in payables                                                         (5.6)         1.8          7.6
   Net change in other assets and liabilities                                              13.7         (8.4)       (19.7)
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
Net cash provided by continuing operations                                                152.9        145.9        116.8
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                                    117.3         (8.7)         1.5
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                                              270.2        137.2        118.3
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital investments                                                                       (83.4)       (87.2)      (111.1)
Proceeds from sales of property                                                             1.9          1.6          7.8
Companies acquired, net of cash acquired                                                  (20.2)          --        (52.7)
Investments in joint ventures, net                                                         (2.2)       (30.8)       (18.6)
Purchases of investments                                                                  (38.8)       (92.1)      (221.2)
Proceeds from sales of investments                                                         57.1        176.1        213.4
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net cash used in investing activities                                                  (85.6)       (32.4)      (182.4)
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net repayment of bank lines of credit and commercial paper                                   --        (15.0)       (27.5)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                                   75.0        124.2        277.6
Repayment of long-term debt                                                               (95.5)      (101.0)      (144.1)
Issuance of common stock                                                                   11.8         14.6         12.8
Treasury stock purchases                                                                  (82.1)       (93.2)       (18.8)
Common dividends                                                                          (45.6)       (42.9)       (38.8)
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                                   (136.4)      (113.3)        61.2
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents                              (0.5)        (0.3)        (0.2)
                                                                                      ----------   ---------    ---------
Change in cash and cash equivalents                                                        47.7         (8.8)        (3.1)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                              4.7         13.5         16.6
                                                                                      ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                              $    52.4    $     4.7    $    13.5
                                                                                      =========    =========    =========

</TABLE>
The following notes are an integral part of these statements.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the years ended
December 31, 1997,                                                              
1996 and 1995                          Common Stock                    Cumulative    Unrealized       Treasury Stock
                                 -----------------------    Retained   Translation   Investment    --------------------        
(dollars in millions)              Shares         Amount     Income    Adjustment    Gain/(Loss)     Shares      Amount
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
<S>                              <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>        
Balance, January 1, 1995         108,104,990     $ 413.2    $ 215.2    $     (27.1)  $       1.3   (3,073,316)  $ (50.0)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
Net income                                                    133.5
Treasury stock purchases                                                                           (1,034,726)    (18.8)
Stock compensation plans           1,094,844        14.6        2.0                                   (19,564)      0.1
Common stock issued for
   acquisitions                                                                                       126,700       2.7
Translation adjustments                                                      (28.5)
Unrealized investment gain                                                                   8.4
Dividends declared                                            (38.8)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
Balance, December 31, 1995       109,199,834       427.8      311.9          (55.6)          9.7   (4,000,906)    (66.0)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
Net income                                                    139.4
Treasury stock purchases                                                                           (3,989,894)    (93.2)
Stock compensation plans           1,395,959        28.5       (6.4)                                  (29,188)     (1.2)
Common stock issued for
   acquisitions                                                                                        11,614       0.3
Translation adjustments                                                       (2.2)
Unrealized investment loss                                                                  (7.9)
Dividends declared                                            (42.9)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
Balance, December 31, 1996       110,595,793       456.3      402.0          (57.8)          1.8   (8,008,374)   (160.1)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------   ----------   -------
Net income                                                      4.1
Treasury stock purchases                                                                           (3,323,200)    (82.1)
Stock compensation plans           1,123,903        21.9        2.9                                   (63,743)     (1.5)
Common stock issued for
   outstanding General Bottlers
   non-voting preferred stock
   (Note 12)                                                                                          794,115      20.4
Translation adjustments                                                      (21.0)
Unrealized investment loss                                                                  (1.6)
Dividends declared                                            (45.6)
                                 -----------     -------    -------    -----------   -----------  -----------   -------
Balance, December 31, 1997       111,719,696     $ 478.2    $ 363.4    $     (78.8)  $       0.2  (10,601,202)  $(223.3)
                                 ===========     =======    =======    ===========   ===========  ===========   =======

</TABLE>
The following notes are an integral part of these statements.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION.  The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of Whitman  Corporation  and all of its significant  subsidiaries  (the
"Company").  The Company's  financial  statements have been restated to classify
the  results  of  operations  and net  assets of  Hussmann  International,  Inc.
("Hussmann") and Midas, Inc. ("Midas") as discontinued operations.  Accordingly,
all amounts included in the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements pertain
to continuing operations except where otherwise noted. See further discussion in
Note 2. Operations outside the United States and its territories are included in
the  consolidated  financial  statements  on the  basis of fiscal  years  ending
October  31. 
CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS.  Cash and cash equivalents  consist of deposits with
banks and financial institutions which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use,
and which have original maturities of three months or less.
INVENTORIES. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally determined
on the average method) or net realizable value. 
INVESTMENTS.  Investments  include  real  estate held for sale,  principally  at
Illinois Center, a large single location,  mixed use development  located on the
Chicago  lakefront.  The  investments  in real  estate are carried at cost which
management  believes  is lower than net  realizable  value.  When real estate is
sold, the net proceeds are deducted from the carrying value. Investments include
General Bottlers' minority interest in a manufacturing  joint venture in Poland.
Also  included  are  domestic  and U.S.  dollar-denominated  foreign  government
securities and securities guaranteed by such governments or their agencies, bank
obligations and corporate  obligations (which are recorded at fair market value)
and other miscellaneous investments. 
PROPERTY. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method. When property is
sold or retired,  the cost and accumulated  depreciation are eliminated from the
accounts and gains or losses are recorded in other  expense,  net.  Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.  The approximate ranges of
annual  depreciation  rates are 2.5  percent to 6.7 percent  for  buildings  and
improvements and 8 percent to 20 percent for machinery and equipment.
GOODWILL.  Goodwill  principally  represents the excess of cost over fair market
value of tangible  assets of acquired  businesses.  Such amounts  generally  are
being amortized on straight-line  bases over 40 years.  Goodwill associated with
foreign operations is not significant.
CARRYING VALUES OF LONG-LIVED  ASSETS. The Company evaluates the carrying values
of its long-lived assets by reviewing undiscounted cash flows by operating unit.
Such evaluations are performed  whenever events and circumstances  indicate that
the  carrying  value  of an  asset  may  not be  recoverable.  If the sum of the
projected  undiscounted  cash flows over the  estimated  remaining  lives of the
related assets does not exceed the carrying  value,  the carrying value would be
adjusted for the difference between the fair value and the carrying value.
REVENUE  RECOGNITION.   Revenue  is  recognized  when  title  to  a  product  is
transferred to the customer.
ADVERTISING.  Advertising  expenditures  are  expensed  in  the  year  incurred.
STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION.  The  Company  has  elected to  continue to apply the
provisions  of Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No. 25 and to display
the estimated pro forma effects measured under Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards  (SFAS) No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation",  in the
Notes to the Consolidated  Financial Statements (see Note 10). 
INTEREST  RATE AND  CURRENCY  SWAPS.  The Company has entered  into a variety of
interest rate and currency  swaps in its management of interest rate and foreign
currency  exposures  (see Note 7). The  differential  to be paid or  received is
accrued  as  interest  rates  change  and is  recognized  over the  lives of the
agreements.  Realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses on  foreign  currency
transactions  are  recognized in other  expense,  net. The Company  periodically
monitors  its  financial  instrument  positions  and the  credit  ratings of its
counterparties and limits the amount of exposure with any one counterparty.
INCOME PER SHARE.  Per share  earnings have been  calculated in accordance  with
SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share".  Basic earnings per share are based upon the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share
assumes the exercise of all options which are dilutive,  whether  exercisable or
not. The  adoption of this new  Standard  did not have a material  effect on per
share earnings as previously  reported.  
PRIOR PERIOD  RESTATEMENT.  In the third quarter of 1997, the Company determined
that certain  transactions related to periods prior to 1992 had been recorded in
such a manner that there was a  misclassification  between certain components of
shareholders' equity. The retained income and cumulative  translation adjustment
accounts   have  been   adjusted   by   equivalent   amounts  to  correct   this
misclassification.

2.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     In December,  1997,  the Board of  Directors  authorized  the  spin-offs of
Hussmann  and Midas to Whitman  shareholders  on January 30, 1998 (see Note 15 -
"Subsequent  Events").  The consolidated  financial statements and related notes
thereto  have  been  restated  to  classify  these  businesses  as  discontinued
operations.
     Selected  financial  information for Hussmann and Midas for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 is shown below (in millions):

Hussmann:                                 1997          1996         1995
- ---------                              ---------     ---------    ---------

Sales and revenues                     $ 1,096.2     $ 1,005.7    $   921.7
Operating income                            43.0          93.8         78.7

Midas:                                    
- ------

Sales and revenues                     $   596.4     $   604.2    $   576.1
Operating income (loss)                     (0.8)         78.0         82.5


     Included in the 1997  operating  income  (loss) for Hussmann and Midas were
special  charges of $56.3 million and $67.6 million,  respectively.  The special
charges at Hussmann  primarily  related to the write-off of goodwill in its U.K.
operations,  a  restructuring  of the U.K.  operations and a  reorganization  of
certain  manufacturing  operations  in the U.S.  The  special  charges  at Midas
principally  related to its  decision to franchise  or close  substantially  all
company-operated  stores in the U.S., to enhance certain franchise  programs and
to reflect the impairment of certain assets.
     The  results  of tax  settlements  with the IRS in 1997 for the years  1988
through 1991, which related to previously discontinued operations, amounted to a
net expense of $2.9  million,  which was recorded in the third  quarter of 1997.
During  the  fourth  quarter  of 1997,  the  Company  recorded  $1.3  million of
additional  tax expense  resulting  from the refinement of deferred tax balances
related to discontinued operations.
     Results from  discontinued  operations were reported net of income taxes of
$39.1  million,  $56.1  million  and  $54.6  million  in 1997,  1996  and  1995,
respectively.

3.   SPECIAL CHARGES

     In the third and fourth  quarters  of 1997,  the Company  recorded  special
charges  totaling $49.3 million.  General  Bottlers  recorded special charges of
$14.8 million to  consolidate  the number of its domestic  divisions,  including
reductions in staffing levels,  and to write-down certain assets in its domestic
and foreign  operations.  Whitman  Corporate  recorded  special charges of $34.5
million,  principally  relating to the  elimination  of  essentially  all of the
Whitman  Corporate  management  and staff and for expenses  associated  with the
spin-offs.
     The following table  summarizes the special  charges  recorded during 1997,
utilization  through December 31, 1997, and the remaining accrued liabilities at
December 31, 1997 (in millions):

                                           General       Whitman
Special charges:                           Bottlers     Corporate       Total
- ---------------                           ---------     ---------     ---------
   Employee related costs                 $     9.1     $    27.0     $    36.1
   Asset writedowns                             4.7           0.7           5.4
   Spin-off related costs and other             1.0           6.8           7.8
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
   Total                                       14.8          34.5          49.3
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
Utilization:
- -----------
   Employee related costs                      (0.9)         (2.6)         (3.5)
   Asset writedowns                            (4.7)         (0.7)         (5.4)
   Spin-off related costs and other              --          (1.5)         (1.5)
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
   Total                                       (5.6)         (4.8)        (10.4)
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
Accrued liabilities at December 31, 1997  $     9.2     $    29.7     $    38.9
                                          =========     =========     ==========

     Employee  related costs include  severance  payments for the management and
staff affected by the changes in the organizational  structure, as well as other
headcount  reduction  programs.  The total  number  of  employees  affected  was
approximately  125 at General  Bottlers and essentially all employees at Whitman
Corporate.  As of December 31, 1997,  87 employees  were  terminated  by General
Bottlers. The reduction of management and staff at Whitman Corporate is expected
to occur in 1998 and 1999.
     It is expected that  approximately  $28.1 million of the charges accrued at
December  31,  1997,  will be paid during the  subsequent  twelve  months.  Such
amounts  are  classified  in other  current  liabilities.  The  remaining  $10.8
million, principally related to severance and other employee costs, are expected
to be paid in 1999 and are classified in other non-current liabilities.

4.   INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

     Interest expense, net, consisted of the following (in millions):

                                               1997         1996         1995
                                              ------       ------       ------
   Interest expense                           $(69.0)      $(68.2)      $(70.3)
   Interest income from Hussmann and Midas      23.1         23.7         21.8
   Other interest income                         3.6          3.0          0.9
                                              ------       ------       ------
   Interest expense, net                      $(42.3)      $(41.5)      $(47.6)
                                              ======       ======       ======

     Interest income from Hussmann and Midas related to  intercompany  loans and
advances.  The  related  interest  expense  recorded  by  Hussmann  and Midas is
included in income (loss) from discontinued operations.
     The loans and advances to Hussmann  and Midas were repaid to Whitman  prior
to the  spin-offs  of  Hussmann  and Midas on  January  30,  1998 (see Note 15 -
"Subsequent Events").

5.   INCOME TAXES

     Income taxes consisted of:

(in millions)                                 1997        1996        1995
                                            -------     -------     -------
   Current:
     Federal                                $  33.3     $  39.0     $  37.6
     Foreign                                     --          --          --
     State and local                            7.2         8.3         5.9
                                            -------     -------     -------
       Total current                           40.5        47.3        43.5
                                            -------     -------     -------
   Deferred:
     Federal                                   (3.2)       12.8         6.6
     Foreign                                   (0.7)       (0.3)         --
     State and local                            1.3         1.3         2.7
                                            -------     -------     -------
       Total deferred                          (2.6)       13.8         9.3
                                            -------     -------     -------
   Total income taxes                      $   37.9     $  61.1     $  52.8
                                           ========     =======     =======

     The items which gave rise to  differences  between the income  taxes in the
income  statements  and income  taxes  computed at the U.S.  statutory  rate are
summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1997           1996            1995
                                                                     ------------   ------------    ------------
(dollars in millions)                                                Amount    %    Amount    %     Amount    %
                                                                     ------  ----   ------  ----    ------  ----
<S>                                                                  <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     
Income tax expenses computed at the U.S. statutory rate              $ 24.5  35.0   $ 44.7  35.0    $ 41.4  35.0
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit                   5.6   8.0      6.2   4.9       5.6   4.7
Foreign losses with no foreign tax benefits                             6.5   9.3      7.2   5.6       4.0   3.4
Non-deductible goodwill amortization                                    4.3   6.2      4.5   3.5       4.8   4.1
Other items, net                                                       (3.0) (4.3)    (1.5) (1.2)     (3.0) (2.5)
                                                                     ------  ----   ------  ----    ------  ----
Income tax provisions                                                $ 37.9  54.2   $ 61.1  47.8    $ 52.8  44.7
                                                                     ======  ====   ======  ====    ======  ====
</TABLE>
     In 1997, the Company settled Federal income tax audits with the IRS for the
years 1988 through 1991. Accruals no longer required were credited to income and
were reflected in "other items, net" in the table above.

     Deferred  income taxes are created by "temporary  differences"  which exist
between  amounts of assets and  liabilities  recorded  for  financial  reporting
purposes  and such  amounts as  reported  under  income tax  regulations.  These
temporary differences, which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities at
December 31, are attributable to:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)                                                                      1997         1996
                                                                                ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Provision for special charges and previously sold businesses                    $    21.5    $    28.8
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards                                             18.8         12.4
Lease transactions                                                                   14.1         15.5
Unrealized losses on investments                                                      8.3          7.5
Pension and post-retirement benefits                                                  6.2          4.8
Self-insurance provisions                                                             2.5         13.8
Deferred compensation                                                                 4.5          5.4
Other                                                                                 8.4         15.5
                                                                                ---------    ---------
Gross deferred tax assets                                                            84.3        103.7
Valuation allowance - foreign net operating loss carryforwards                      (17.8)       (12.1)
                                                                                ---------    ---------
   Net deferred tax assets                                                      $    66.5    $    91.6
                                                                                ---------    ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment                                                   $    63.4    $    57.9
Foreign branch activity                                                              20.6         10.1
Goodwill                                                                              8.4          7.2
Deferred state taxes                                                                  6.2          2.7
Other                                                                                26.7         30.1
                                                                                ---------    ---------
   Total deferred tax liabilities                                               $   125.3    $   108.0
                                                                                ---------    ---------
     Net deferred tax liability                                                 $    58.8    $    16.4
                                                                                =========    =========
Net deferred tax liability (asset) included in:
     "Other current assets"                                                     $   (16.6)   $   (14.3)
     "Deferred income taxes"                                                         75.4         30.7
                                                                                ---------    ---------
     Net deferred tax liability                                                 $    58.8    $    16.4
                                                                                =========    =========
</TABLE>
   There currently is no undistributed  foreign income because General Bottlers'
foreign operations have generated pretax losses of $20.4 million,  $21.3 million
and $11.3 million in 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  At December 31, 1997,
estimated  potential  future tax  benefits  of net  operating  losses were $18.8
million,  for which a valuation  allowance of $17.8  million has been  provided.
This valuation  allowance  reflects the uncertainty of the Company's  ability to
fully utilize these benefits given the limited carryforward periods permitted by
the foreign taxing jurisdictions.  The change in the valuation allowance of $5.7
million during 1997 principally  reflects  allowances provided on foreign losses
incurred during 1997, offset by changes in foreign tax rates.

6.   DEBT

     Debt at December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)                                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                                                   ---------    ---------
<S>                                                                                                <C>          <C>
6.25% to 6.90% notes due 2000 and 2005                                                             $   136.5    $   136.5
7.5% notes due 2003                                                                                    125.0        125.0
7.29% and 7.44% notes due 2026 ($100 million and $25 million due 2004 and 2008,
     respectively, at option of note holder)                                                           125.0        125.0
6.5% notes due 2006                                                                                    100.0        100.0
7.625% notes due 2015                                                                                  100.0        100.0
8.25% notes due 2007                                                                                   100.0        100.0
7.5% notes due 2001                                                                                     75.0         75.0
Notes due 2002, effective interest rate 6.2%                                                            50.0           --
8.11% and 8.12% notes due 1997                                                                            --         50.5
Term loan and note due 1998 through 1999, effective interest rates 6.5% to 6.9%                         50.0         95.0
Foreign revolving credit borrowings, effective interest rate 6.3%                                       25.0           --
Various other debt                                                                                       5.1          5.1
                                                                                                   ---------    ---------
Total debt                                                                                             891.6        912.1
Less:  Amount classified as short-term debt                                                            282.5         85.5
       Unamortized discount                                                                              4.4          4.9
                                                                                                   ---------    --------- 
Total long-term debt                                                                               $   604.7    $   821.7
                                                                                                   =========    =========
</TABLE>
     The Company maintains a $200 million  commercial paper program.  There were
no  borrowings  under this  program at either  December  31,  1997 or 1996.  The
Company also has a contractual  revolving  credit  facility  which permits it to
borrow up to $300 million.  The interest rates on the revolving credit facility,
expiring in 2000,  may be floating or fixed,  and are based on domestic rates or
the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), at the option of the Company. There
were no borrowings  under the revolving  credit  facility at either December 31,
1997 or 1996. As such, the entire $300 million of the revolving  credit facility
remained unused and available to back the Company's commercial paper borrowings.
The  weighted-average   borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and
commercial  paper  program  during 1997 and 1996 were not  significant  and fees
payable on the unused portion of such commitments were not material.
     General  Bottlers,  in connection  with its acquisition of the franchise in
northwest Russia, including St. Petersburg, entered into a contractual revolving
credit  facility  which  permits it to borrow up to $40  million.  The  facility
expires in 1998, but the Company expects to renew it before it expires. Interest
rates on the  facility  are  floating,  based on LIBOR,  and fees payable on the
unused portion are not  significant.  Borrowing under the facility totaled $25.0
million at December 31, 1997.
     During  December,  1997,  the  Company  repaid a term loan with a principal
amount  of  $30.0  million  scheduled  to  mature  in 2000.  There  were no fees
associated with this redemption.
     During  January,  1998,  the  Company  made a tender  offer for any and all
outstanding  7.625% and 8.25% notes  maturing  June 15,  2015,  and February 15,
2007,  respectively.  Notes with  principal  amounts of $91.0  million and $88.5
million of the 7.625% and the 8.25% notes,  respectively,  were  tendered to and
purchased  by the  Company.  The  Company  also repaid a term loan and note with
principal  amounts of $50.0 million  scheduled to mature in 1998 and 1999, notes
due in 2002 with principal amounts of $50.0 million and industrial revenue bonds
of $5.0 million due 2013. All debt repaid during  January,  1998, was classified
as  short-term  debt at December  31, 1997.  The tender offer  results and other
repayments are discussed further in Note 15 "Subsequent Events".
     The amounts of long-term  debt  maturing in 1999  through  2001 are:  $25.0
million,  $75.5 million and $75.0  million,  respectively.  No long-term debt is
scheduled to mature in 2002.
     The  Company  has  pledged  certain  buildings  as  collateral  for various
long-term loan  agreements.  However,  the net book value of such assets was not
material at December 31, 1997. Certain of the Company's  financing  arrangements
contain a restriction  requiring the  maintenance of a specific  financial ratio
related  to  interest  coverage.  The  Company is in  compliance  with this debt
covenant.

7.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The  Company  has used  financial  derivative  instruments  to  manage  its
interest rate risk.  Interest rate swap  transactions and forward rate contracts
generally  involve the  exchange of fixed and  floating  rate  interest  payment
obligations without the exchange of the underlying notional amounts.
     The Company had entered into certain  interest  rate swap  agreements  with
commercial  and investment  banks in which it paid a floating  interest rate and
received a fixed interest rate.
     The  notional   amounts  related  to  the  Company's   interest  rate  swap
transactions  and  forward  rate  agreements  activity  for  1996  and  1997 are
summarized as follows (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Interest Rate Swaps              Forward Rate Agreements
                                                          ----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                                            Pay Fixed     Pay Variable         Pay Fixed     Pay Variable
                                                          ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>              
Balance, January 1, 1996                                  $         --    $      165.0       $      165.0    $         --
                                                   
Expired contracts                                                   --          (125.0)            (165.0)             --
                                                          ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1996                                          --            40.0                 --              --
                                                   
Expired contracts                                                   --           (40.0)                --              --
                                                          ------------    ------------       ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1997                                $         --    $         --       $         --    $         --
                                                          ============    ============       ============    ============
</TABLE>
     Whitman's  interest  rate and  foreign  currency  hedging  programs  had no
significant impact on the annual  weighted-average  cost of debt in 1997 or 1996
and increased it from 7.9 percent to 8.1 percent in 1995.  Interest  expense was
increased by $1.5 million in 1995, principally as a result of Whitman's interest
rate hedging programs.
     The Company  previously  entered into foreign  currency swap  agreements to
reduce the effect of changes in foreign  exchange rates on its debt  denominated
in foreign currencies. Under the hedge agreements, in January, 1995, the Company
repaid the 138.2 million Swiss franc debt at an effective exchange rate of 2.764
Swiss francs per U.S.  dollar ($50.0  million),  compared to the actual exchange
rate of 1.288 Swiss francs per U.S. dollar ($107.3  million).  Additionally,  in
February,  1995,  the Company repaid the 50 million  Canadian  dollar debt at an
effective  exchange  rate of  1.312  Canadian  dollars  per U.S.  dollar  ($38.1
million),  compared to the actual  exchange rate of 1.403  Canadian  dollars per
U.S. dollar ($35.6 million). Assuming the Company had left the interest payments
payable in foreign  currency (i.e.,  unhedged),  the Company's  interest expense
would have decreased by less than $0.1 million in 1995.
     At December 31, 1997,  the Company had $80.1  million in floating rate debt
exposure.  Substantially  all of the  floating  rate  exposure is related to six
month LIBOR  rates.  If the six month LIBOR rates  increased  by 50 basis points
(0.50 percent), the Company's 1997 interest expense related to the floating rate
debt outstanding during 1997 would have increased by an additional $0.6 million.
     As of the end of each of the last two years,  the  Company  had no deferred
gains or losses related to terminated interest rate swap agreements.
     The fair market value of the  Company's  floating  rate debt as of December
31, 1997 approximated its carrying value. The fixed rate debt of the Company had
a carrying  value of $807.1 million and an estimated fair market value of $847.4
million at December 31,  1997.  The fair market value of the fixed rate debt was
based on  quotes  from  financial  institutions  for  instruments  with  similar
characteristics or upon discounting future cash flows.

8.   PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

COMPANY-SPONSORED  DEFINED  BENEFIT  PENSION  PLANS.  Substantially  all  of the
Company's U.S. employees are covered under various defined benefit pension plans
sponsored and funded by the Company.  Plans covering salaried  employees provide
pension  benefits  based on years of  service  and  generally  are  limited to a
maximum of 20 percent of the employees' average annual  compensation  during the
five years  preceding  retirement.  Plans covering  hourly  employees  generally
provide  benefits of stated  amounts  for each year of service.  Plan assets are
invested primarily in common stocks, corporate bonds and government securities.
     Net periodic  pension cost for 1997,  1996 and 1995  included the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(in millions)                                                                           1997         1996         1995
                                                                                      --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Service cost - benefits earned during period                                          $    3.4     $    3.3     $    2.8
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation                                              6.5          6.1          5.7
Actual return on assets                                                                  (21.8)       (10.2)       (12.4)
Net amortization and deferral                                                             15.3          4.3          6.8
                                                                                      --------     --------     --------
Total net periodic pension cost                                                       $    3.4     $    3.5     $    2.9
                                                                                      ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>
   The  following  table  reconciles  the pension  plans'  funded  status to the
amounts  recognized in the Company's  balance sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997                           1996
                                                               -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                                Assets Exceed   Accumulated    Assets Exceed   Accumulated
                                                                 Accumulated      Benefits      Accumulated      Benefits
(in millions)                                                      Benefits    Exceed Assets      Benefits    Exceed Assets
                                                               --------------  -------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation
(measured as of September 30):
   Vested benefit obligation                                      $ (77.4)       $  (3.1)        $ (68.2)       $  (1.7)
                                                                  =======        =======         =======        =======
   Accumulated benefit obligation                                 $ (83.2)       $  (3.5)        $ (72.9)       $  (2.7)
                                                                  =======        =======         =======        =======
   Projected benefit obligation                                   $ (93.3)       $  (5.2)        $ (82.2)       $  (4.2)

Plan assets at fair market value (measured as of September 30)      103.0             --            83.7             --
                                                                  -------        -------         -------        -------
Plan assets in excess of (less than) projected benefit obligation     9.7           (5.2)            1.5           (4.2)
Unrecognized net asset at transition to SFAS No. 87                  (0.8)            --            (1.0)            --
Unrecognized prior service cost                                       4.1            0.8             4.3            1.0
Unrecognized net loss (gain)                                        (10.3)           1.2            (0.8)           0.7
Additional liability required to recognize minimum liability           --           (0.5)             --           (0.4)
                                                                  -------        -------         -------        -------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost recognized on balance sheets       $   2.7        $  (3.7)        $   4.0        $  (2.9)
                                                                  =======        =======         =======        =======
</TABLE>
     Pension costs are funded in amounts not less than minimum  levels  required
by regulation.  The principal economic  assumptions used in the determination of
net periodic pension cost and benefit obligations were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net periodic pension cost:                                   1997          1996         1995
                                                             ----          ----         ----
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>          <C>
Discount rates                                               7.5%          7.5%         8.5%
Expected long-term rates of return on assets                 9.5%          9.5%         9.5%
Rates of increase in future compensation levels              5.0%          5.0%         6.0%

</TABLE>
Benefit obligations:                                         1997          1996
                                                             ----          ----
Discount rates                                               7.0%          7.5%
Rates of increase in future compensation levels              4.5%          5.0%

COMPANY-SPONSORED  DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION PLANS.  Substantially all U.S. salaried
employees  and  certain  U.S.   hourly   employees   participate  in  voluntary,
contributory  defined  contribution  plans to which the  Company  makes  partial
matching  contributions.  Company  contributions to these plans amounted to $5.6
million, $5.5 million and $5.2 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

MULTI-EMPLOYER PENSION PLANS. The Company's subsidiaries participate in a number
of multi-employer pension plans which provide benefits to certain union employee
groups of the Company.  Amounts  contributed  to the plans totaled $2.8 million,
$2.5 million and $2.4 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS. The Company provides substantially
all former U.S. salaried employees who retired prior to July 1, 1989 and certain
other  employees in the U.S.  with certain life and health care  benefits.  U.S.
salaried employees retiring after July 1, 1989 generally are required to pay the
full cost of these  benefits.  Eligibility  for these  benefits  varies with the
employee's  classification  prior to retirement.  Benefits are provided  through
insurance  contracts or welfare trust funds.  The insurance  plans generally are
financed  by monthly  insurance  premiums  and are based  upon the prior  year's
experience.  Benefits  paid from the  welfare  trust  are  financed  by  monthly
deposits  which  approximate  the amount of current  claims  and  expenses.  The
Company has the right to modify or terminate these benefits. 
     Net periodic cost of post-retirement benefits other than pensions for 1997,
1996  and  1995  amounted  to $0.2  million,  $0.4  million  and  $0.4  million,
respectively.  The Company's  post-retirement  life and health  benefits are not
funded. The unfunded accrued post-retirement  benefits amounted to $15.7 million
at December 31, 1997, and $15.8 million at December 31, 1996.

MULTI-EMPLOYER   POST-RETIREMENT  MEDICAL  AND  LIFE  INSURANCE.  The  Company's
subsidiaries  participate  in a number of  multi-employer  plans  which  provide
health care and survivor  benefits to union employees during their working lives
and after  retirement.  Portions of the benefit  contributions,  which cannot be
disaggregated,  related to post-retirement benefits for plan participants. Total
amounts charged against income and contributed to the plans  (including  benefit
coverage during their working lives) amounted to $4.0 million,  $3.7 million and
$2.0 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

9.   LEASES

     At December 31, 1997, annual minimum rental payments under operating leases
that have initial noncancellable terms in excess of one year were $11.9 million,
$7.9 million, $6.0 million, $2.9 million, $0.5 million and $0.1 million in 1998,
1999,  2000, 2001, 2002 and thereafter,  respectively.  The future payments have
not been reduced by $0.3 million of sublease  rental  receipts  which are due in
the future under noncancellable subleases.
     Total  rent  expense  applicable  to  operating  leases  amounted  to $14.7
million, $14.1 million and $15.1 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. A
majority  of  the  Company's   leases  provide  that  the  Company  pays  taxes,
maintenance, insurance and certain other operating expenses.

10.  STOCK OPTIONS AND SHARES RESERVED

     The Company's  Stock  Incentive Plan (the "Plan"),  originally  approved by
shareholders in 1982 and  subsequently  amended from time to time,  provides for
granting  incentive  stock options,  nonqualified  stock options,  related stock
appreciation  rights (SARs),  restricted stock awards, and performance awards or
any combination of the foregoing. Incentive stock options and nonqualified stock
options are exercisable  during a ten-year period  beginning six months to three
years after the date of grant. Stock appreciation  rights have been granted with
respect to certain  nonqualified  and incentive stock options.  All options were
granted at fair market value at the date of grant.

     Changes in options outstanding are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Options Outstanding
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Range of           Weighted-Average
                                                      Options            Exercise Prices        Exercise Price
                                                  ---------------       ----------------       ----------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                         <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995                             5,704,193          $ 6.94 - $ 17.25            $ 13.22
                                                    ----------          
Granted                                                926,400           18.25 -   19.44              18.25
Exercised or surrendered for SARs                   (1,014,328)           6.94 -   18.25              12.90
Recaptured or terminated                               (14,500)          12.88 -   18.25              15.75
                                                    ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1995                           5,601,765           10.29 -   19.44              14.10
                                                    ----------          
Granted                                              2,408,600           22.66 -   25.31              25.27
Exercised or surrendered for SAR's                  (1,174,244)          10.29 -   18.25              13.36
Recaptured or terminated                               (29,034)          15.69 -   25.31              22.07
                                                    ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1996                           6,807,087           11.23 -   25.31              18.15
                                                    ----------          
Granted                                              2,244,300           23.06 -   27.81              23.13
Exercised or surrendered for SAR's                    (912,426)          11.23 -   25.31              10.80
Recaptured or terminated                              (123,734)          18.25 -   25.31              12.43
                                                    ----------          
Balance, December 31, 1997                           8,015,227           11.23 -   27.81              19.81
                                                    ==========          
</TABLE>
     The number of options exercisable at December 31, 1997 was 4,442,759,  with
a weighted-average  exercise price of $16.76,  compared with options exercisable
of  3,577,553  at December  31,  1996 and  4,009,931  at December  31, 1995 with
weighted-average exercise prices of $13.52 and $13.02, respectively. At December
31, 1997,  there were 5,510,112  shares  available for future grants,  including
5,000,000  shares  provided for by the adoption of the Revised  Stock  Incentive
Plan in November,  1997. The following table  summarizes  information  regarding
stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Options Outstanding                                  Options Exercisable
                        -----------------------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
                                       Weighted-Average
     Range of             Options       Remaining Life       Weighted-Average            Options        Weighted-Average
  Exercise Prices       Outstanding       (in years)          Exercise Price           Exercisable       Exercise Price
- -----------------       -----------    ----------------      ----------------          -----------      ----------------
<S>                      <C>                  <C>              <C>                      <C>                 <C>
$11.23 - $16.31          2,824,557            4.1              $    13.34               2,824,557           $    13.34
$17.25 - $23.06          2,909,170            8.8                   21.78                 699,406                19.33
$24.13 - $27.81          2,281,500            8.4                   25.32                 918,796                25.31
                         ---------                                                      ---------           
Total Options            8,015,227            7.0                   19.81               4,442,759                16.76
                         =========                                                      =========           
</TABLE>

     SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation"  requires,  among
other items,  the Company to disclose either in the  Consolidated  Statements of
Income or in the Notes to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements an estimate of
the cost of stock  options  granted to  employees.  The  Company  has elected to
continue to account for stock options granted to employees under APB Opinion No.
25. However,  using the Black-Scholes model and the following  assumptions,  the
estimated  fair value of an option at the dates of grant in 1997,  1996 and 1995
was $5.62, $5.72 and $4.78, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997                1996                1995
                                                    ------              ------              ------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Risk-free interest rate                              6.2%                6.5%                6.9%
Expected dividend yield                              1.7%                1.9%                1.9%
Expected volatility                                 16.0%               16.7%               17.7%
Estimated lives of options (in years)                5.0                 5.0                 5.0
</TABLE>

Based upon the above assumptions,  the Company's pro forma net income (loss) and
income (loss) per share would have been:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                                    -------      -------      -------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Pro forma net income (in millions):
  Income from continuing operations                                 $  13.5      $  46.5      $  46.5
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations                          (14.5)        90.1         86.4
                                                                    -------      -------      -------
  Net income (loss)                                                 $  (1.0)     $ 136.6      $ 132.9
                                                                    =======      =======      =======
Pro forma basic income (loss) per share:
  Continuing operations                                             $  0.13      $  0.44      $  0.44
  Discontinued operations                                             (0.14)        0.86         0.83
                                                                    -------      -------      -------
  Net income (loss)                                                 $ (0.01)     $  1.30      $  1.27
                                                                    =======      =======      =======
Pro forma diluted income (loss) per share:
  Continuing operations                                             $  0.13      $  0.44      $  0.44
  Discontinued operations                                             (0.14)        0.85         0.81
                                                                    -------      -------      -------
  Net income (loss)                                                 $ (0.01)     $  1.29      $  1.25
                                                                    =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>
     Options  granted in 1997, 1996 and 1995 vest equally each year over a three
year period.  As a result,  the estimated  costs  indicated above reflect only a
partial  vesting of such  options  and do not  consider  the pro forma costs for
options  granted  before 1995. If full vesting were  assumed,  the estimated pro
forma  compensation  costs for each year would have been higher  than  indicated
above.  See  further  discussion  of options  forfeited  by  Hussmann  and Midas
employees in connection with the spin-offs in Note 15 - "Subsequent Events".
     The Company granted 233,600,  271,700 and 98,900 restricted shares of stock
at a weighted-average  fair value (at the dates of grant) of $23.06,  $25.25 and
$18.18 in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively,  to key members of management under
the Plan. The Company recognized  compensation expense in continuing  operations
of $2.8  million,  $1.7  million  and  $1.5  million  in 1997,  1996  and  1995,
respectively,  relating  to  these  grants.  Compensation  expense  recorded  in
discontinued  operations  related  to these  grants  was $2.7  million  and $1.2
million in 1997 and 1996, respectively. No compensation expense was allocated to
discontinued  operations  for these grants prior to 1996.  At December 31, 1997,
there were 353,583 restricted shares of stock outstanding under the Plan.

11.  SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND SECOND PREFERRED STOCK

     In 1989,  the Company  adopted a  Shareholder  Rights  Plan and  declared a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each  outstanding
share of common stock,  without par value,  of the Company.  Each Right entitles
the registered  holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share
of Junior Participating Second Preferred Stock (Series 1), without par value, of
the Company at a price of $120 per one  one-hundredth  of a share of such Second
Preferred Stock,  subject to adjustment.  The Rights will become  exercisable if
someone buys 15 percent or more of the Company's  common stock. In addition,  if
someone buys 15 percent or more of the Company's  common stock,  each right will
entitle its holder (other than that buyer) to purchase a number of shares of the
Company's  common stock having a market value of twice the Right's $120 exercise
price.  If the  Company is  acquired  in a merger,  each Right will  entitle its
holder to purchase a number of the  acquiring  company's  common shares having a
market value at the time of twice the Right's exercise price.
     Prior to the acquisition of 15 percent or more of the Company's  stock, the
Rights can be redeemed  by the Board of  Directors  for one cent per Right.  The
Company's  Board of Directors  also is  authorized to reduce the threshold to 10
percent or increase  it to not more than 20  percent.  The Rights will expire on
January 30, 1999.  The Rights do not have voting or dividend  rights,  and until
they become  exercisable,  have no dilutive effect on the per-share  earnings of
the Company.
     The Company has 10 million  authorized shares of Second Preferred Stock. In
January, 1989, the Company's Board of Directors designated 2.5 million shares of
the  Second  Preferred  Stock as Junior  Participating  Second  Preferred  Stock
(Series 1) in conjunction  with the Shareholder  Rights Plan. There is no Second
Preferred Stock issued or outstanding.

12.  GENERAL BOTTLERS NON-VOTING PREFERRED STOCK

     In December, 1997, Whitman issued 794,115 shares of its common stock valued
at $20.4  million to an affiliate of PepsiCo,  Inc. in exchange for 2,025 shares
of non-voting preferred stock of General Bottlers (including accrued dividends).
The non-voting  preferred  stock held by PepsiCo,  Inc. had been classified as a
component of minority interest.

13.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

     Net cash provided by continuing  operations reflects cash payments and cash
receipts as follows:

(in millions)                             1997         1996         1995
                                       --------     --------     --------
Interest paid                          $   68.8     $   67.0     $   74.8
Interest received                           3.3          2.8          1.1
Income taxes paid                          53.8         68.9         62.1
Income tax refunds                         11.2          5.7         25.4

     The Company also received interest from Hussmann and Midas related to their
intercompany account balances. Net interest received from Hussmann and Midas was
$23.1  million,  $23.7  million  and  $21.8  million  in 1997,  1996  and  1995,
respectively.
     On December  31, 1996,  the Company  acquired  the St.  Petersburg,  Russia
franchise  from  PepsiCo.  Due to the time  lag in  financial  reporting  by the
Company's foreign operations, this acquisition was reported in the first quarter
of 1997.  The total cost of this  acquisition  was $20.2  million (fair value of
assets  acquired  of  $23.5  million,  net  of  assumed  liabilities,  excluding
long-term debt, of $3.3 million), which was net of acquired cash of $2.3 million
and included  $15.7  million of long-term  debt  assumed.  The  acquisition  was
accounted for as a purchase,  and the operating  results include the acquisition
from the date of purchase.  There were no other significant acquisitions in 1996
or 1997. The Company  acquired a Pepsi-Cola  franchise in Cedar Rapids,  Iowa in
1995,  at a cost of $52.7  million  (fair  value  of  assets  acquired  of $54.1
million,  net of assumed  liabilities  of $1.4  million).  The  acquisition  was
accounted for as a purchase,  and the operating  results include the acquisition
from the date of purchase. The effect of these acquisitions,  had they been made
as of January 1, 1995, would not have been significant to the operating  results
of the Company.
     Common  stock  issuances  for  other  acquisitions  in 1995 and 1996 in the
Consolidated  Statements of  Shareholders'  Equity were related to  discontinued
operations.

14.  ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES

     The  Company  is  subject  to  certain  indemnification  obligations  under
agreements  with  previously  sold  subsidiaries  for  potential   environmental
liabilities.  There is significant  uncertainty in assessing the Company's share
of the potential liability for such claims. The assessment and determination for
cleanup at the various sites involved is inherently speculative during the early
stages,  and the  Company's  share of such costs is subject to various  factors,
including possible insurance  recoveries and the allocation of liabilities among
many other potentially responsible and financially viable parties.
     Using the latest  evaluations from outside  advisors and  consultants,  the
Company believes that its potential  future  environmental  liabilities,  before
possible  insurance  recoveries,  range  from $25  million  to $40  million.  At
December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had $30.1  million  accrued  to cover  these
potential  liabilities.  During 1997, the Company  recorded  recoveries of $14.1
million from insurance  companies and other responsible parties related to these
environmental  liabilities,  a  portion  of which  will be  received  in  future
periods. Such recoveries were credited to the accruals for related liabilities.
     These  estimated  liabilities  include  expenses  for  the  remediation  of
identified  sites,  payments to third parties for claims and  expenses,  and the
expenses of on-going  evaluation  and  litigation.  The estimates are based upon
current   technology  and   remediation   techniques,   and  do  not  take  into
consideration any inflationary trends upon such claims or expenses,  nor do they
reflect the possible benefits of continuing improvements in remediation methods.
The accruals also do not provide for any claims for environmental liabilities or
other potential issues which may be filed against the Company in the future.
     The Company also has other  contingent  liabilities  from  various  pending
claims and litigation on a number of matters,  for which the ultimate  liability
for each claim, if any, cannot be determined. In the opinion of management,  and
based upon information  currently  available,  the ultimate  resolution of these
claims  and  litigation,   including  potential  environmental   exposures,  and
considering  amounts  already  accrued,  will not have a material  effect on the
Company's  financial  condition or the results of operations.  While  additional
claims and  liabilities  may  develop  and may result in  additional  charges to
income,  principally  through  discontinued  operations,  the  Company  does not
believe  that such  charges,  if any,  would  have a  material  effect  upon the
Company's financial condition or the results of operations.

15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

     On December 17, 1997,  the Board of Directors  authorized  the spin-offs of
Hussmann and Midas to Whitman  shareholders  on January 30,  1998.  Prior to the
spin-offs,  Hussmann and Midas paid Whitman $240.0  million and $194.3  million,
respectively,  to settle intercompany indebtedness and to pay special dividends.
Prior to these payments, Midas' foreign operations paid $15.7 million to Whitman
Netherlands B.V. during 1998 as a special dividend. Whitman Netherlands B.V. was
contributed  to Hussmann  prior to the  spin-offs and the amounts paid by Midas'
foreign  operations to Whitman  Netherlands  B.V. were considered in determining
the  amount  to be  received  from  Hussmann.  The  spin-offs  will  result in a
reduction of shareholders' equity of approximately $233.3 million.
     In  anticipation  of the funds to be  received  from  Hussmann  and  Midas,
Whitman  made a  tender  offer  on  January  13,  1998,  for  any and all of the
outstanding  7.625% and 8.25% notes  maturing  June 15,  2015,  and February 15,
2007,  respectively.  On January 22, 1998,  Whitman  terminated  its debt tender
offer. In connection with the tender offer, Whitman repurchased 7.625% and 8.25%
notes with principal amounts of $91.0 million $88.5 million,  respectively.  The
Company paid total premiums in connection with the tender offer of $26.4 million
and the remaining  unamortized  discount and issue costs related to  repurchased
notes were $2.1  million.  The  Company  also  repaid a term loan and notes with
principal  amounts of $50.0 million  scheduled to mature in 1998 and 1999, notes
due in 2002 with principal amounts of $50.0 million and industrial revenue bonds
of $5.0  million  due 2013.  Costs  associated  with  these  repayments  and the
remaining  unamortized issue costs were not significant.  The Company expects to
record an  extraordinary  charge of approximately  $18 million  after-tax in the
first quarter of 1998 related to these early extinguishments of debt.
     In January,  1998, the Company issued 92,400 options to certain Whitman and
General  Bottlers  employees  to  purchase  Whitman  common  stock at a price of
$25.03.  The Black Scholes  valuation for these options was $5.64.  In addition,
the Company  issued  319,700  options to employees  of Hussmann and Midas.  As a
result of the  spin-offs,  options  to  purchase  Whitman  common  stock held by
Hussmann and Midas  employees were forfeited and new options to purchase  shares
of the separate  companies were issued to employees of each respective  company.
The total number of options  forfeited,  including  options  granted in January,
1998,  were  3,041,268,  of which  889,793 were  exercisable.  In addition,  the
remaining  option  agreements  were  modified to adjust the number of shares and
relevant  exercise  prices  pursuant to an IRS  formula to  equalize  the option
values before and after the  spin-offs.  Subsequent to the spin-offs in January,
1998, the Company issued 600,000  options to purchase  Whitman common stock at a
price of $16.13 to the senior management of General Bottlers.  The Black Scholes
value for these options was $4.59.  The following table  summarizes  information
regarding stock options outstanding and exercisable as of January 30, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Options Outstanding                                  Options Exercisable
                        -----------------------------------------------------          ---------------------------------
                                       Weighted-Average
     Range of             Options       Remaining Life       Weighted-Average            Options        Weighted-Average
  Exercise Prices       Outstanding       (in years)          Exercise Price           Exercisable       Exercise Price
- -----------------       -----------    ----------------      ----------------          -----------      ----------------
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>                   <C>
$7.04 - $10.23           2,969,490            4.3                  $ 8.38               2,969,492             $ 8.38
$10.82 - $14.46          2,585,583            8.8                   13.60                 929,620              12.59
$15.29 - $17.44          2,690,001            8.8                   15.93               1,035,502              15.87
                         ---------                                                      ---------             
Total Options            8,246,074            7.2                   12.48               4,934,614              10.74
                         =========                                                      =========             
</TABLE>
     Holders of restricted  shares of Whitman  common stock  received  shares of
Hussmann and Midas in the spin-offs,  free of  restrictions.  A total of 132,707
Whitman restricted shares were forfeited by Hussmann and Midas executives, which
were  subsequently  replaced by restricted  shares of  equivalent  value in each
respective company.
<PAGE>
16.  SEGMENT REPORTING

     Selected financial  information  related to the Company's business segments
is shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Sales                        Operating income
                                                            ------------------------------    --------------------------------
(in millions)                                                 1997       1996       1995        1997        1996        1995
                                                            --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Domestic                                                    $1,464.0   $1,451.1   $1,413.9    $  200.3    $  224.4    $  209.0
Foreign                                                         93.5       50.3       34.8       (18.7)      (12.1)      (11.3)
                                                            --------   --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
 Total before corporate administrative expenses             $1,557.5   $1,501.4   $1,448.7       181.6       212.3       197.7
                                                            ========   ========   ========    --------    --------    --------
Corporate administrative expenses                                                                (51.4)      (17.5)      (16.6)
 Total operating income                                                                          130.2       194.8       181.1
Interest expense, net                                                                            (42.3)      (41.5)      (47.6)
Other expense, net                                                                   `           (18.0)      (25.6)      (15.3)
                                                                                              --------    --------    --------
Pretax income                                                                                 $   69.9    $  127.7    $  118.2
                                                                                              ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Depreciation and
                               Identifiable Assets                 Amortization                  Capital Investments
                         ------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------------------
(in millions)              1997       1996       1995       1997       1996       1995       1997       1996       1995
                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>  
Domestic                 $1,005.0   $  979.7   $  980.9   $   64.5   $   62.5   $   57.3   $   71.5   $   77.1   $   84.3
Foreign                     127.1       97.7       74.8        5.9        4.0        2.7       11.8        9.8       26.1
                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Total General Bottlers    1,132.1    1,077.4    1,055.7       70.4       66.5       60.0       83.3       86.9      110.4
Other                        37.8       40.9       50.0        3.4        8.7       10.6        0.1        0.3        0.7
                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total before corporate
  assets                  1,169.9    1,118.3    1,105.7   $   73.8   $   75.2   $   70.6   $   83.4   $   87.2   $  111.1
                                                          ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Corporate assets            196.1      186.9      265.4
Net assets of companies
  held for disposition      663.7      775.4      679.4
                         --------   --------   --------
Total assets             $2,029.7   $2,080.6   $2,050.5
                         ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     Operating income is exclusive of net interest expense, equity in net income
or losses of  affiliates,  other  miscellaneous  income and expense  items,  and
income taxes. During the third and fourth quarters of 1997, the Company recorded
special  charges  of $49.3  million  (see Note 3).  These  charges  reduced  the
reported  operating  income for the domestic and foreign  operations  of General
Bottlers by $11.1 million and $3.7 million,  respectively, in 1997. In addition,
corporate  administrative  expenses in 1997  included  special  charges of $34.5
million.   Other  expense,  net,  in  1996  included  an  $8.7  million  charge,
principally  related to asset  write-downs at General Bottlers' joint venture in
Poland.  Foreign  currency gains or losses were not  significant.  There were no
sales between  geographical  areas or export sales. Sales to any single customer
and sales to domestic or foreign  governments  were  individually  less than ten
percent of consolidated sales and revenues.
     Equity in net  losses and net assets of the  Company's  foreign  operations
amounted  to $20.4  million  and $67.9  million,  respectively,  in 1997,  $21.3
million and $74.0 million in 1996, and $11.3 million and $68.3 million in 1995.
     Corporate assets are principally cash or cash equivalents,  investments and
miscellaneous  other assets,  including  $92.1 million,  $94.3 million and $96.8
million  of real  estate  investments  at  December  31,  1997,  1996 and  1995,
respectively.
<PAGE>
17.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
     (unaudited and in millions, except for earnings per share)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     First          Second          Third        Fourth         Full
                                                    Quarter         Quarter        Quarter       Quarter        Year
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------  
<S>                                                <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
1997:
- ----
Sales                                              $   333.5      $   392.5       $   452.9     $   378.6    $ 1,557.5
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Gross profit                                       $   126.7      $   148.9       $   169.8     $   139.5    $   584.9
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Income (loss) from continuing operations           $     5.8      $    11.2       $    14.1     $   (15.3)   $    15.8
Income (loss) from discontinued operations               9.7           22.5           (47.9)          4.0        (11.7)
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Net income (loss)                                  $    15.5      $    33.7       $   (33.8)    $   (11.3)   $     4.1
                                                   =========      =========       =========     =========    =========
AVERAGE SHARES:
   Basic EPS - weighted-average common shares          102.2          101.6           101.5         101.2        101.6
   Incremental effect of stock options                   1.1            1.1             1.3            --          1.3
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Diluted EPS - adjusted weighted-average
     common shares                                     103.3          102.7           102.8         101.2        102.9
                                                   =========      =========       =========     =========    =========
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
   Continuing operations                           $   0.06       $    0.11       $    0.14     $   (0.15)   $    0.16
   Discontinued operations                             0.09            0.22           (0.47)         0.04        (0.12)
                                                   --------       ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Net income (loss)                               $   0.15       $    0.33       $   (0.33)    $   (0.11)   $    0.04
                                                   ========       =========       =========     =========    =========
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
   Continuing operations                           $   0.06       $    0.11       $    0.14     $   (0.15)   $    0.15
   Discontinued operations                             0.09            0.22           (0.47)         0.04        (0.11)
                                                   --------       ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Net income (loss)                               $   0.15       $    0.33       $   (0.33)    $   (0.11)   $    0.04
                                                   ========       =========       =========     =========    =========
<PAGE>
1996:
- ----
Sales                                              $   332.7      $   384.5       $   426.5     $   357.7    $ 1,501.4
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Gross profit                                       $   124.9      $   148.4       $   162.0     $   141.7    $   577.0
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Income from continuing operations                  $     7.2      $    15.0       $    22.2     $     3.4    $    47.8
Income from discontinued operations                      8.8           26.7            30.7          25.4         91.6
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
Net income                                         $    16.0      $    41.7       $    52.9     $    28.8    $   139.4
                                                   =========      =========       =========     =========    =========
AVERAGE SHARES:
   Basic EPS - weighted-average common shares          105.5          105.6           104.6         103.5        104.8
   Incremental effect of stock options                   1.3            1.3             1.1           1.1          1.2
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Diluted EPS - adjusted weighted-average
     common shares                                     106.8          106.9           105.7         104.6        106.0
                                                   =========      =========       =========     =========    =========
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
   Continuing operations                           $   0.07       $    0.14       $    0.21     $    0.03    $    0.46
   Discontinued operations                             0.08            0.25            0.30          0.25         0.87
                                                   --------       ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Net income                                      $   0.15       $    0.39       $    0.51     $    0.28    $    1.33
                                                   ========       =========       =========     =========    =========
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
   Continuing operations                           $   0.07       $    0.14       $    0.21     $    0.03    $    0.45
   Discontinued operations                             0.08            0.25            0.29          0.25         0.87
                                                   --------       ---------       ---------     ---------    ---------
   Net income                                      $   0.15       $    0.39       $    0.50     $    0.28    $    1.32
                                                   ========       =========       =========     =========    =========
</TABLE>
The  earnings  per share may not be  additive  due to changes in average  shares
outstanding during the periods or rounding.
<PAGE>
     In the third and fourth  quarters  of 1997,  the Company  recorded  special
charges  related  to the  spin-offs,  the  restructuring  of  General  Bottlers'
organization and the elimination of a significant  portion of Whitman  Corporate
management  and staff  (see  Note 3). In  addition,  special  charges  were also
recorded  by  Hussmann  and  Midas,  which  were  reclassified  to  discontinued
operations  in  December,  1997 (see Note 2).  The  effects  on net  income  and
earnings per share (after  income  taxes and  minority  interest)  for the third
quarter, fourth quarter and full year of 1997 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Third          Fourth           Full
                                                                  Quarter         Quarter          Year
                                                                  -------        --------        -------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>            <C>
SPECIAL CHARGES AFTER TAXES AND MINORITY INTEREST:
(in millions)
     Continuing operations                                        $  (7.5)        $ (24.1)       $ (31.6)
     Discontinued operations                                        (76.0)          (17.4)         (93.4)
                                                                  -------         -------        -------
     Net income                                                   $ (83.5)        $ (41.5)       $(125.0)
                                                                  =======         =======        =======
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
     Continuing operations                                        $ (0.07)        $ (0.24)       $ (0.31)
     Discontinued operations                                        (0.75)          (0.17)         (0.92)
                                                                  -------         -------        -------
     Net income                                                   $ (0.82)        $ (0.41)       $ (1.23)
                                                                  =======         =======        =======
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
     Continuing operations                                        $ (0.07)        $ (0.24)       $ (0.31)
     Discontinued operations                                        (0.74)          (0.17)         (0.91)
                                                                  -------         -------        -------
     Net income                                                   $ (0.81)        $ (0.41)       $ (1.22)
                                                                  =======         =======        =======
</TABLE>
     In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company  recorded an after-tax charge of
$8.7 million ($7.0 million after  minority  interest) in "other  expense,  net",
principally  related to asset  write-downs at General Bottlers' joint venture in
Poland. The charge reduced basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.07 for the
fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 1996.
     Due to the loss from  continuing  operations in the fourth quarter of 1997,
no potential  common shares were included in the  computation of average diluted
shares.  The  effect  of  potential  common  shares,   assuming  they  were  not
anti-dilutive, would have resulted in average diluted shares of 102.6 million.
     There were no adjustments to the income (loss) amounts,  shown in the table
in Note 17 in calculating  the numerator for the basic and diluted  earnings per
share.
<PAGE>
Whitman Corporation
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the years ended December 31                         1997           1996           1995           1994           1993
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
(in millions, except for earnings per share)
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales:
        Domestic                                      $1,464.0       $1,451.1       $1,413.9       $1,255.4       $1,179.6
        Foreign                                           93.5           50.3           34.8            0.7             --
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
          Total                                       $1,557.5       $1,501.4       $1,448.7       $1,256.1       $1,179.6
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
Operating income:
        Domestic                                      $  200.3 (A)   $  224.4       $  209.0       $  187.7       $  170.5
        Foreign                                          (18.7)(A)      (12.1)         (11.3)          (2.2)            --
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
          Total before corporate administrative
            expenses                                     181.6          212.3          197.7          185.5          170.5
          Corporate administrative expenses               51.4 (A)       17.5           16.6           16.4           15.9
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
          Total operating income                         130.2          194.8          181.1          169.1          154.6
Interest expense, net                                    (42.3)         (41.5)         (47.6)         (45.4)         (69.0)
Other income (expense), net                              (18.0)         (25.6)(B)      (15.3)         (43.4)(C)       (4.5)
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
          Income before income taxes                      69.9          127.7          118.2           80.3           81.1
Income tax provisions                                     37.9           61.1           52.8           35.6           36.3
Minority interest                                         16.2           18.8 (B)       18.6           18.2           15.1
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Income from continuing operations                         15.8           47.8           46.8           26.5           29.7
Income (loss) from discontinued operations               (11.7)(D)       91.6           86.7           76.7           62.1
Extraordinary loss on early debt retirement                 --             --             --             --           (4.2)
Cumulative effect of accounting change                      --             --             --             --           (9.4)
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Net income                                            $    4.1       $  139.4       $  133.5       $  103.2       $   78.2
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========

Cash dividends per common share                       $   0.45       $   0.41       $   0.37       $   0.33       $   0.29
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========

AVERAGE SHARES:
Basic EPS - weighted-average common shares               101.6          104.8          104.9          105.5          107.1
Incremental effect of stock options                        1.3            1.2            1.1            0.7            0.5
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
Diluted EPS - adjusted weighted-average
     common shares                                       102.9          106.0          106.0          106.2          107.6
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (E):
Continuing operations                                 $   0.16       $   0.46       $   0.44       $   0.25       $   0.28
Discontinued operations                                  (0.12)          0.87           0.83           0.73           0.58
Extraordinary loss on early debt retirement                 --             --             --             --          (0.04)
Cumulative effect of accounting change                      --             --             --             --          (0.09)
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
     Net income                                       $   0.04       $   1.33       $   1.27       $   0.98       $   0.73
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (E):
Continuing operations                                 $   0.15       $   0.45       $   0.44       $   0.25       $   0.28
Discontinued operations                                  (0.11)          0.87           0.82           0.72           0.58
Extraordinary loss on early debt retirement                 --             --             --             --          (0.04)
Cumulative effect of accounting change                      --             --             --             --          (0.09)
                                                      --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
     Net income                                       $   0.04       $   1.32       $   1.26       $   0.97       $   0.73
                                                      ========       ========       ========       ========       ========
<PAGE>
OTHER STATISTICS:
Total assets                                          $2,029.7       $2,080.6       $2,050.5       $1,853.8       $1,817.4
Long-term debt                                        $  604.7       $  821.7       $  810.3       $  704.0       $  731.3
Capital investments                                   $   83.4       $   87.2       $  111.1       $   66.0       $   45.1
Depreciation and amortization                         $   73.8       $   75.2       $   70.6       $   64.3       $   63.5
Number of employees at December 31                       6,381          5,863          5,739          5,044          4,671
</TABLE>

(A)     In 1997, the Company  recorded  special charges of $49.3 million related
        to the spin-offs,  the restructuring of General  Bottlers'  organization
        and the  elimination of a significant  portion of the Whitman  Corporate
        management  and staff  (see Note 3).  These  charges  reduced  operating
        income for domestic and foreign  operations of General Bottlers by $11.1
        million  and  $3.7  million,   respectively.   In  addition,   corporate
        administrative  expenses  in 1997  included  special  charges  of  $34.5
        million. The full year impact of these charges is disclosed in Note 17.
(B)     Includes an $8.7 million charge,  principally  for asset  write-downs at
        General  Bottlers' joint venture in Poland.  The charge reduced minority
        interest by $1.7 million.
(C)     Includes a  $24.2  million  unrealized  loss on investment in Northfield
        Laboratories Inc.
(D)     In 1997,  Hussmann and Midas,  which were  reclassified  to discontinued
        operations in December, 1997, recorded special charges with an after-tax
        cost of $93.4 million (see Notes 2 and 17).
(E)     There were no  adjustments  to the income (loss)  amounts,  shown in the
        operating  results  section of this table,  in calculating the numerator
        for the basic and diluted earnings per share.
<PAGE>
                      WHITMAN CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES



                             ----------------------

                                    EXHIBITS


                   FOR INCLUSION IN ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
  No.         Description of Exhibit
- -------       ----------------------

(3)a#         Certificate of Incorporation as Restated April 30, 1987, and
              subsequently amended through June 24, 1992.
(3)b+         By-Laws, as amended September 20, 1996.
(4)#          Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993, between Whitman 
              Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, Trustee.  The 
              Registrant will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission,
              upon request, copies of the forms of the debt securities issued 
              from time to time pursuant to the Indenture dated as of 
              January 15, 1993.
(10)a#        **1982 Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award and Performance Award 
                Plan (as amended through June 16, 1989).
(10)b#        **Amendment No. 2 to 1982 Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award and
                Performance Award Plan made as of September 1, 1992.
(10)c#        **Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.
(10)d#        **Amendment to 1982 Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award and 
                Performance Award Plan made as of February 19, 1993.
(10)e@        **Form of Change in Control Agreement dated November 17, 1995.
(10)g#        **Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
(10)h#        **Long Term Performance Compensation Program.
(10)i         **Whitman Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, as Amended and 
                Restated Effective January 1, 1998.
(10)j         **Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan, as
                Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1998.
(10)k#        **Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as Amended November 
                18, 1988.
(10)l+        **Amendment to Stock Incentive Plan dated September 20, 1996.
(10)m*        **Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
(10)n         **Revised Stock Incentive Plan (adopted November 21, 1997).
(12)          Statement of Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
(21)          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
(23)          Consent of Independent Auditors.
(24)          Powers of Attorney.
(27)          Financial Data Schedule.

Exhibit Reference Explanations
**      Exhibit constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract
        or arrangement  described under Item 601(b)  (10)(iii) (A) of Regulation
        S-K.
#       Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended December 31, 1992 under the indicated Exhibit number.
*       Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended December 31, 1993 under the indicated Exhibit number.
&       Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended December 31, 1994 under the indicated Exhibit number.
@       Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
        for the year ended December 31, 1995 under the indicated Exhibit number.
+       Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
        10-Q for the  quarter  ended  September  30,  1996  under the  indicated
        Exhibit number.

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10(i)
                              WHITMAN CORPORATION
                           EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

                                                   


               As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1998


WHITMAN CORPORATION EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

Whitman  Corporation  amends and  restates,  effective as of January 1, 1998, an
unfunded,  deferred compensation plan on behalf of certain designated management
or highly compensated  employees of Whitman  Corporation.  This document defines
the  provisions  of such  plan and  shall be known as the  "Whitman  Corporation
Executive Retirement Plan."

This plan is intended in part to be an unfunded,  deferred compensation plan for
a select group of management or highly  compensated  employees,  as described in
sections  201(2),  301(a)(3),  and 401(a)(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security  Act of  1974  ("ERISA")  and in  part  to be an  excess  benefit  plan
described in section 3(36) of ERISA.

Table of Contents
- -----------------

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
   1.1          "Accounting Period"
   1.2          "Accounts"
   1.3          "Actuarial Equivalent"
   1.4          "Appendix"
   1.5          "Beneficiary"
   1.6          "Benefit Trust Committee"
   1.7          "Board of Directors"
   1.8          "Change of Control"
   1.9          "Company"
   1.10         "Company Stock"
   1.11         "Compensation"
   1.12         "Compensation Committee"
   1.13         "Compensation Limit"
   1.14         "Contribution Dollar Limit"
   1.15         "Conversion Election"
   1.16         "Death Benefit"
   1.17         "Deferrals"
   1.18         "Deferral Election" or "Election"
   1.19         "Deferral Percentage"
   1.20         "Designated Participant"
   1.21         "Effective Date"
   1.22         "Eligible Employee"
   1.23         "Employee"
   1.24         "Enrollment Election"
   1.25         "ERISA"
   1.26         "Exchange Act"
   1.27         "Insider"
   1.28         "Installment Form of Payment"
   1.29         "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code"
   1.30         "Investment Election"
   1.31         "Investment Fund" or "Fund"
   1.32         "Investment Grade Rating"
   1.33         "Maximum Annual Additions Limitation"
   1.34         "Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation"
   1.35         "MIC Award"
   1.36         "Notice Date"
   1.37         "Parent"
   1.38         "Participant"
   1.39         "Payment Date"
   1.40         "Pension Plan"
   1.41         "Plan"
   1.42         "Plan Year"
   1.43         "Retirement Benefit"
   1.44         "RSP"
   1.45         "Section 401(m) Limitation"
   1.46         "Settlement Date"
   1.47         "Spouse"
   1.48         "Successor Plan"
   1.49         "Sweep Date"
   1.50         "Termination of Employment"
   1.51         "Trade Date"
   1.52         "Trust"

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION
   2.1          Eligibility
   2.2          Enrollment Election

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
   3.1          Employee Deferral Election
   3.2          Election Procedures
   3.3          Coordination with RSP

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRALS AND POSTINGS
   4.1          Replacement RSP Employer Deferral
   4.2          MIC Deferral
   4.3          Pay Based Deferral
   4.4          Replacement RSP Employee Deferral
   4.5          RSP Employer Deferral
   4.6          RSP Employee Deferral

ARTICLE V

EXCESS RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS
   5.1          Amount of Pension Benefits
   5.2          Amount of Death Benefit
   5.3          Pre-1994 Benefits

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS
   6.1          Individual Participant Accounting
   6.2          Accounting for Investment Funds

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS
   7.1          General
   7.2          Investment of Deferrals
   7.3          Investment of Accounts
   7.4          Insiders
   7.5          Investment Returns on MIC Deferrals
   7.6          Restrictions on Measurement
   7.7          Procedures

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES
   8.1          Fully Vested Deferral Accounts

ARTICLE IX

WITHDRAWALS
   9.1          Withdrawals for Hardship
   9.2          Withdrawal Processing

ARTICLE X

DISTRIBUTIONS
   10.1         Retirement Benefit
   10.2         Pension Death Benefit
   10.3         Accounts
   10.4         MIC Account
   10.5         Death Benefit of Accounts
   10.6         Prior to 1994
   10.7         Payments of Retirement and Death Benefit Due to an Investment 
                Grade Rating Change
   10.8         Payment of Accounts Due to an Investment Grade Rating Change
   10.9         Payment of Retirement and Death Benefits Due to a Change of 
                Control
   10.10        Payment of Accounts Due to a Change of Control

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT
   11.1         Prior to a Change of Control
   11.2         After a Change of Control

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
   13.1         Administration
   13.2         Finality of Determination
   13.3         Expenses
   13.4         Indemnification and Exculpation
   13.5         Funding
   13.6         Corporate Action
   13.7         Interests not Transferable
   13.8         Effect on Other Benefit Plans
   13.9         Legal Fees and Expenses
   13.10        Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable
   13.11        Facility of Payment
   13.12        Merger
   13.13        Gender and Number
   13.14        Invalidity of Certain Provisions
   13.15        Headings
   13.16        Notice and Information Requirements
   13.17        Governing Law


ARTICLE I
- ---------


                                   DEFINITIONS

     The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms
used  throughout  this Plan,  and whenever  used herein in a  capitalized  form,
except as otherwise  expressly  provided,  the terms shall be deemed to have the
following meanings:

     I.1 "Accounting Period" means each business day.

     I.2 "Accounts"  means the record of a  Participant's  interest in this Plan
represented by his or her:

          (a) "MIC Deferral  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of MIC  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after
     January 1, 1994 to the  Participant  under this Plan, if any (as identified
     by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee)  for such Plan Year,  plus all  interest
     deemed  credited to and minus all withdrawals  and  distributions  actually
     charged to such account.

          (b) "Pay Based Account" which means a  Participant's  interest in this
     Plan composed of Pay Based Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after
     January 1, 1994 to the  Participant  under  this Plan,  plus all income and
     gains  deemed  credited  to and minus all  losses  deemed  charged  to such
     account,  as measured by the  investment  returns of each  Investment  Fund
     designated by the Participant,  and minus all withdrawals and distributions
     actually charged to such account.

          (c)  "Replacement  RSP Accounts"  which  consists of the following two
     accounts:

               (1)   "Replacement   RSP   Employee   Account"   which   means  a
          Participant's  interest  in this  Plan  composed  of  Replacement  RSP
          Employee  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after  January 1,
          1994 to the Participant  under this Plan, if any (as identified by the
          Benefit Trust Committee) for such Plan Year, plus all income and gains
          deemed  credited  to and  minus  all  losses  deemed  charged  to such
          account, as measured by the investment returns of each Investment Fund
          designated  by  the   Participant,   and  minus  all  withdrawals  and
          distributions actually charged to such account; and

               (2)   "Replacement   RSP   Employer   Account"   which   means  a
          Participant's  interest  in this  Plan  composed  of  Replacement  RSP
          Employer  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after  January 1,
          1994 to the Participant  under this Plan (as identified by the Benefit
          Trust  Committee) for such Plan Year, plus all income and gains deemed
          credited to and minus all losses deemed  charged to such  account,  as
          measured by the investment  returns of each Investment Fund designated
          by the  Participant,  and  minus  all  withdrawals  and  distributions
          actually charged to such account.

          (d) "RSP Employee  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of RSP Employee  Deferrals  posted under this Plan prior
     to January 1, 1994, if any (as identified by the Benefit Trust  Committee),
     plus all income and gains  deemed  credited to and minus all losses  deemed
     charged to such  account,  as  measured by the  investment  returns of each
     Investment  Fund designated by the  Participant,  and minus all withdrawals
     and distributions actually charged to such account.

          (e) "RSP Employer  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of RSP Employer  Deferrals  posted under this Plan prior
     to January 1, 1994, if any (as identified by the Benefit Trust  Committee),
     plus all income and gains  deemed  credited to and minus all losses  deemed
     charged to such  account,  as  measured by the  investment  returns of each
     Investment  Fund designated by the  Participant,  and minus all withdrawals
     and distributions actually charged to such account.

     I.3  "Actuarial  Equivalent"  means an amount equal in value to the benefit
replaced as determined (i) in accordance with the terms of the Pension Plan with
respect to the  determination of any form of benefit other than a single sum, or
(ii) with respect to a single sum distribution,  by: (A) using an assumed annual
discount  rate  equal to the  weekly  average,  as of the last  full week of the
fourth calendar month prior to the month containing the date the single sum will
be paid,  of the Bond  Buyer's  Average of 20  Municipal  Bonds,  rounded to the
nearest 1/4%, as published  weekly by the Federal  Reserve Bank of St. Louis and
(B) assuming the payee lives for the duration of his life expectancy  where such
life expectancy is calculated according to the UP94 Mortality Table.

     I.4 "Appendix" means a written supplement  attached to this Plan and made a
part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

     I.5 "Beneficiary" means

          (a) with  respect  to the Death  Benefit  payable  upon the death of a
     Participant,  any person  designated  by the  Participant  (actually  or by
     default) to receive any retirement  benefits which are payable with respect
     to the death of a Participant under the Pension Plan; and

          (b) with respect to the balance of a Participant's  Accounts as of the
     death of such Participant, each person designated by the Participant on his
     or her most recent  Enrollment  Election form approved by the Benefit Trust
     Committee;  provided that if a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary
     on an Enrollment Election form or if all such designated persons predecease
     the  Participant  without  the  Participant   completing  a  new,  approved
     Enrollment  Election form, then Beneficiary  means any person designated by
     the  Participant  (actually or by default) to receive the balance of any of
     his or her  accounts  which are payable  with  respect to the death of such
     Participant under the RSP.

     An  individual  who is entitled to receive a Death Benefit on and after the
death of a Participant will remain a Beneficiary until the latest of (a) receipt
of the  balance  of all of such  Accounts  to  which  he or she is  entitled  to
receive;  or (b)  receipt  of such  Beneficiary's  Death  Benefit,  if  any,  is
completed (or made in a single sum).

     I.6 "Benefit Trust Committee"  means the Benefit Trust Committee  appointed
pursuant  to the terms of the  Trust  which  will  have the power to manage  and
control the operation and administration of this Plan.
                 
     I.7 "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or the
Parent.

     I.8  "Change  of  Control"  means an event  which  shall be  deemed to have
occurred if (i) there shall be consummated  (A) any  consolidation  or merger of
the  Parent,  if one exists,  or the  Company in which  either the Parent or the
Company,  respectively,  is not  the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation  or
pursuant to which  shares of the  Parent's  or the  Company's  common  stock are
converted into cash, securities or other property,  other than a merger in which
the  holders  of the  Parent's  or the  Company's  common  stock,  respectively,
immediately  prior to the  merger  have  substantially  the  same  proportionate
ownership of common stock of the  surviving  corporation  immediately  after the
merger, or (B) any sale,  lease,  exchange or other transfer (in one transaction
or in a series of related  transactions) of all or substantially  all the assets
of either  the Parent or the  Company,  or (ii) the  shareholders  of either the
Parent or the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for such  corporation's
liquidation  or  dissolution,  or (iii)  any  person  (as  such  term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent,  Company
or its  subsidiaries,  or any employee  benefit plan sponsored by the Company or
its subsidiaries,  shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of securities of either the Parent or the Company
representing  twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of
the  Parent's  or  the  Company's,  respectively,  then  outstanding  securities
ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special  circumstances) having the
right to vote in the election of directors,  as a result of a tender or exchange
offer, open market purchases,  privately negotiated  purchases or otherwise,  or
(iv) at any time during a period of two  consecutive  years,  individuals who at
the beginning of such period  constituted the Board of Directors shall cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the
nomination  for  election  by  the  Parent's  or  the  Company's   shareholders,
respectively, of each new director during such two-year period was approved by a
vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then  still in office  who were
directors at the beginning of such two-year period.

     I.9  "Company"  means  Whitman  Corporation  or  any  successor  entity  by
operation of law or any successor  entity which  affirmatively  adopts the Plan,
the Trust and the  obligations of Whitman  Corporation  with respect to the Plan
and the Trust.
                                         
     I.10 "Company  Stock" means common stock issued by the Parent,  or if none,
then by the Company.

     I.11 "Compensation" means

          (a) for purposes of Replacement  RSP Employee  Deferrals,  Replacement
     RSP  Employer  Deferrals  and Pay  Based  Deferrals  for any Plan  Year,  a
     Participant's  "Compensation",  as  defined  in the RSP  (disregarding  any
     provision having the effect of excluding Replacement RSP Employee Deferrals
     and MIC Deferrals), for a Plan Year to the Participant;

          (b) for purposes of RSP Employee Deferrals and RSP Employer Deferrals,
     a  Participant's  Compensation,  as  defined in the RSP  (disregarding  any
     provision  having the effect of excluding  RSP Employee  Deferrals),  for a
     Plan Year;

          (c) for purposes of MIC Deferrals,  a  Participant's  MIC Award (other
     than that  portion of the MIC Award  which is a  Replacement  RSP  Employee
     Deferral and  excluding  an amount  equal to the sum of (i) the  Employee's
     portion of taxes imposed by the Federal  Insurance  Contributions  Act with
     respect to the MIC Award,  with  respect to the  Replacement  RSP  Employer
     Deferrals  on the  portion  of the MIC  Award  which is a  Replacement  RSP
     Employee  Deferral,  and if needed,  with respect to the Retirement Benefit
     accrual,  for that  Plan  Year  plus,  if  needed,  (ii)  other  applicable
     withholding amounts); and

          (d) for purposes of computing the Retirement  Benefit, a Participant's
     "Compensation,"  as defined in the Pension Plan (disregarding any provision
     having the effect of excluding  RSP  Employee  Deferrals,  Replacement  RSP
     Employee Deferrals and MIC Deferrals),  for a Plan Year, as adjusted by the
     Benefit Trust Committee from Plan Year to Plan Year, and effective  January
     1, 1994,  Compensation  shall include a Participant's  MIC Award earned for
     services rendered during such Plan Year, but shall not include an MIC Award
     paid during the same Plan Year for services  rendered during the prior Plan
     Year.

     Notwithstanding  the above, the definition of "Compensation" in the RSP and
the Pension Plan shall not include the Compensation Limit.

     I.12 "Compensation Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors.

     I.13   "Compensation   Limit"  means  the   limitation  on  the  amount  of
Compensation   which  may  be  considered  after  application  of  Code  section
401(a)(17).

     I.14  "Contribution  Dollar  Limit" means the annual limit  imposed on each
Participant  pursuant  to section  402(g) of the Code,  which is seven  thousand
dollars  ($7,000)  per Plan  Year (as  indexed  for cost of  living  adjustments
pursuant to Code section 402(g)(5) and 415(d)).
                 
     I.15 "Conversion Election" means, effective on or after January 1, 1994, an
election, on such form that may be required by the Benefit Trust Committee, by a
Participant  to change the method of measuring the  investment  return on all or
some specified portion of such Participant's  Accounts.  No Conversion  Election
shall be deemed to have been given to the Benefit Trust  Committee  unless it is
complete and delivered in accordance  with the  procedures  established  by such
Benefit Trust Committee for this purpose.

     I.16 "Death  Benefit" means a monthly (or single sum) benefit  payable to a
Beneficiary and determined in accordance with this Plan.

     I.17  "Deferrals"  means  amounts  posted to this Plan by the Company or an
Eligible Employee. Specific types of deferrals include:

          (a) "MIC".  An amount  posted after 1993 based upon the  Participant's
     Deferral Election to defer some or all of his or her Compensation.

          (b) "Pay Based". An amount posted and allocated on a pay based formula
     to an eligible Participant's Accounts.

          (c) "Replacement RSP Employee". An amount posted after 1993 based upon
     the   Participant's   Deferral  Election  to  defer  some  of  his  or  her
     Compensation.

          (d) "Replacement RSP Employer". An amount posted after 1993 based upon
     the Replacement RSP Employee Deferral made by the eligible Participant.

          (e) "RSP Employee".  An amount posted prior to 1994 on a pre-tax basis
     which the  Participant  could have elected if he or she were  participating
     actively in the RSP.

          (f) "RSP Employer".  An amount posted prior to January 1, 1994 related
     to pre-tax contributions which the Participant could not make to the RSP or
     which are made on behalf of Designated  Participants without regard to such
     pre-tax contributions.

     I.18 "Deferral Election" or "Election" means irrevocable  elections made by
a Participant (a) to reduce his or her Compensation for a Plan Year by an amount
equal to the product of his or her  Deferral  Percentage  and such  Compensation
subject to the Deferral Election;  (b) to select whether Deferrals for that Plan
Year will be paid in an Installment Form of Payment; and (c) to select a Payment
Date for the MIC Deferrals for that Plan Year.

     I.19  "Deferral  Percentage"  means (a) with  respect  to  Replacement  RSP
Employee  Deferrals,  the percentage of a Participant's  Compensation for a Plan
Year which is to be deferred  and posted to this Plan;  and (b) with  respect to
MIC Deferrals,  the percentage of a Participant's  Compensation  for a Plan Year
which is to be deferred and posted to this Plan.

     I.20 "Designated  Participant" means an individual on the list of Employees
set forth in an Appendix to the Pension  Plan as not being an eligible  employee
for the purpose of the Pension Plan.
                  
     I.21  "Effective  Date" means  generally  January 1, 1991 and, where noted,
January 1, 1994, the dates upon which certain provisions of this document become
effective.

     I.22 "Eligible Employee" means with respect to each Plan Year:

          (a) with respect to the  Retirement  Benefit,  each  Employee who is a
     participant  in the Pension Plan or would be a  participant  in the Pension
     Plan if they were not a Designated Participant.

          (b) prior to 1994 with respect to Deferrals:

               (1) each Employee who is a  Participant  in the RSP for that Plan
          Year and whose pre-tax  contributions  which would otherwise have been
          made for that Plan  Year to the RSP are  limited  by the  Contribution
          Dollar Limit; or

               (2) each Employee who is a Designated  Participant  for that Plan
          Year.

          (c)  after  1993 with  respect  to  Deferrals,  each  Employee  who is
     participating in the Whitman Corporation  Management Incentive Compensation
     Plan during that Plan Year.

     I.23 "Employee" means any person who is considered to be an employee of the
Company  pursuant to the personnel  policies of the Company;  and on and after a
Change of Control, who renders services as a common law employee to the Company.

     I.24  "Enrollment   Election"  means   irrevocable   elections  made  by  a
Participant  (a) to select the term of his or her  Installment  Form of Payment;
(b) to select the Payment Date of his or her Accounts  following  Termination of
Employment;  and (c) to select the form of payment of his or her  Accounts as of
December 31, 1993.

     I.25 "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

     I.26 "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     I.27  "Insider"  means  for a  Plan  Year,  or  any  portion  thereof,  the
Participant  is  subject  to the  reporting  requirements  of  Section 16 of the
Exchange Act.

     I.28 "Installment Form of Payment" means separately with respect to (a) his
or her  Accounts  (other  than  his or her  MIC  Account)  or (b) his or her MIC
Account,  the term of years selected by the Participant in his or her Enrollment
Election form over which to pay such Accounts in annual installments  commencing
as of what would  otherwise  have been the  Payment  Date of such  Accounts  and
payable on each January 1 thereafter  over a period of not less than two (2) nor
more than fifteen (15) years (stated as a number of whole  integers),  with each
installment  being an amount  equal to the amount  determined  by  dividing  the
applicable  balance of such  Accounts as of the date of payment by the number of
dates of payment remaining in the installment period (including the current date
of payment).

     I.29 "Internal  Revenue Code" or "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986,  as amended,  any  subsequent  Internal  Revenue  Code and final  Treasury
Regulations.  If there is a subsequent  Internal  Revenue Code,  any  references
herein to Internal  Revenue Code sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable
sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

     I.30 "Investment  Election" means,  effective on and after January 1, 1994,
an election,  on such form that may be required by the Benefit Trust  Committee,
made by a Participant to direct the method of measuring the investment return on
his or her Deferrals (other than MIC Deferrals). No Investment Election shall be
deemed to have been given to the Benefit Trust  Committee  unless it is complete
and  delivered in accordance  with the  procedures  established  by such Benefit
Trust Committee for this purpose.

     I.31  "Investment  Fund"  or  "Fund"  means  one or more of the  investment
alternatives  which are available under the RSP at any determination date unless
designated otherwise by the Benefit Trust Committee,  and which are used by this
Plan as a  measurement  of  investment  return on  Accounts  other  than the MIC
Account.

     I.32  "Investment  Grade Rating" means a rating either (a) at or above Baa3
by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or (b) at or above BBB by Standard & Poor's
Corporation, or the prevailing equivalent ratings at the time.

     I.33 "Maximum Annual Additions  Limitation" means the limitation imposed by
Code section 415 on benefits  payable by defined  contribution  plans  qualified
under Code section 401(a).

     I.34 "Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation"  means the limitation  imposed by
Code section 415 on benefits  payable by defined benefit pension plans qualified
under Code sections 401(a) including application of the combination  limitations
of Code section 415(e) to cause a further reduction, if any, of such benefits.

     I.35 "MIC Award" means the amount of award payable to a  Participant  under
the Whitman Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

     I.36  "Notice  Date"  means  the  date  established  by the  Benefit  Trust
Committee  as the  deadline  for it to receive a Deferral  Election or any other
notification with respect to an  administrative  matter in order to be effective
under this Plan.

     I.37 "Parent"  means any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any employee benefit plan sponsored by
the Parent or the  Company,  (i) having  directly  or  indirectly  a  beneficial
ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act) of
securities of the Company representing  twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the
combined voting power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities  ordinarily
(and apart from rights  accruing in special  circumstances)  having the right to
vote in the election of directors; and (ii) with an Investment Grade Rating.

     I.38 "Participant"  means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in
this Plan after  completing the  eligibility  requirements.  An individual  will
remain a Participant  until the latest of (a) distribution of the balance of all
of his or her Accounts; or (b) payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, if any,
is completed (or made in a single sum).

     I.39 "Payment Date" means:

          (a) with respect to Accounts,  the date payment is made in  accordance
     with Article X or the first day of the fifteenth  (15th) month  following a
     Participant's   Termination  of  Employment  unless  such  Participant  has
     selected  an  earlier  Payment  Date  for  (1)  his or her  Accounts  on an
     Enrollment  Election  form  or (2) his or her MIC  Accounts  on a  Deferral
     Election Form; or

          (b) the date a  Participant's  Retirement  Benefit is  distributed  or
     commences to be distributed as described in Article X.

     I.40 "Pension Plan" means the Whitman Corporation  Pension Plan;  effective
January 1, 1992, the Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried
Employees and any Successor Plan.

     I.41 "Plan" means the Whitman Corporation  Executive Retirement Plan, as it
may be validly amended from time to time.

     I.42 "Plan Year" means the annual accounting period of this Plan which ends
on each December 31.

     I.43  "Retirement  Benefit" means a monthly (or single sum) pension benefit
payable to a Participant and determined in accordance with Article V.

     I.44 "RSP"  means the  Whitman  Corporation  Retirement  Savings  Plan,  as
amended from time to time and any Successor Plan.

     I.45 "Section  401(m)  Limitation"  means the limit imposed by Code section
401(m).

     I.46 "Settlement Date" means the date on which financial  transactions from
a Trade Date are considered to be settled which is deemed to be the same date as
of which such  transaction  would have settled under the RSP with respect to the
same  type  of  financial  transaction  (e.g.  Investment  Election,  Conversion
Election, Payment Date).

     I.47 "Spouse"  means a person who is considered  the  Participant's  spouse
under the RSP and Pension Plan, whichever is applicable.

     I.48 "Successor Plan" means a  tax-qualified,  retirement plan described in
section  401(a) of the Code into  which the  assets  and  liabilities  have been
merged or transferred in accordance  with section 414(l) of the Code and section
208 of ERISA from the Pension Plan or the RSP, respectively,  and which provides
benefits,  options, features and rights, each comparable in material respects to
those available in the Pension Plan or RSP, whichever is applicable.

     I.49 "Sweep Date" means the date established by the Benefit Trust Committee
as the  cutoff  date  and  time  for the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  to  receive
notification  with respect to a financial  transaction  in order to be processed
with respect to such Trade Date.

     I.50  "Termination  of  Employment"  occurs  when a person  ceases to be an
Employee  as  determined  by the  personnel  policies of the  Company;  provided
however,  transfer of employment from the Company,  or from one affiliate of the
Company,  to another affiliate of the Company shall not constitute a Termination
of  Employment  for  purposes  of this Plan.  If a person  would  cease to be an
Employee  because of a Change of  Control,  solely for the purpose of this Plan,
such person will not be considered to have incurred a Termination  of Employment
if the person's  successor  employer,  either  expressly or by operation of law,
assumes the Plan and Trust,  the  obligations  and  liabilities  of the Plan and
Trust,  and agrees to the  responsibilities  of the  Company  under the Plan and
Trust.

     I.51 "Trade  Date" means the date as of which a  financial  transaction  is
considered by this Plan to have occurred  which is deemed to be the same date as
of which such transaction  would have occurred under the RSP with respect to the
same  type  of  financial  transaction  (e.g.  Investment  Election,  Conversion
Election, Payment Date).

     I.52 "Trust"  means the trust  created by the Whitman  Corporation  Benefit
Trust Agreement as it may be validly amended from time to time.

ARTICLE II
- ----------

                                  PARTICIPATION

     II.1 Eligibility. On or after the Effective Date:

          (a)  Participant on January 1, 1991.  Each person who has a balance in
     his or her Accounts, or who has accrued a Retirement Benefit, as of January
     1, 1991 shall be a Participant as of January 1, 1991.

          (b) Other Eligible Employee. Each other Eligible Employee shall become
     a  Participant  with respect to the Plan Year in which he or she becomes an
     Eligible Employee;  provided however, on or after January 1, 1994, a person
     who was an Employee  prior to becoming an Eligible  Employee shall become a
     Participant as of the first day of the Plan Year commencing on or after the
     date he or she became an Eligible Employee.

     II.2 Enrollment Election.

          (a)  Participant on January 1, 1994.  Each person who is a Participant
     on January 1, 1994 shall complete,  sign and return an Enrollment  Election
     form  provided  for that  purpose by the Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to the
     Benefit Trust Committee no later than the designated Notice Date.

          (b) Other Eligible  Employees.  Each person first eligible to become a
     Participant  shall  complete,  sign and return an Enrollment  Election form
     provided for that purpose by the Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to the Benefit
     Trust Committee no later than the designated Notice Date.
                                          
ARTICLE III
- -----------

                         PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     III.1 Employee  Deferral  Election.  Prior to the date payments of Accounts
are accelerated under Section 10.8, the following shall apply;  after such date,
no Deferral Elections will be effective.

          (a) For each Plan Year  commencing  on or after  January  1,  1994,  a
     Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have Replacement
     RSP  Employee  Deferrals  made on his or her  behalf  shall file a Deferral
     Election  pursuant to procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust  Committee
     specifying (1) his or her Deferral  Percentage of not less than two percent
     (2%) nor more than ten percent (10%) (stated as a whole integer percentage)
     and authorizing the Compensation otherwise payable to him or her for a Plan
     Year to be reduced and  deferred  hereunder to such  Participant's  Payment
     Date; and (2) whether or not the Replacement  RSP Employee  Account created
     with respect to such Plan Year will be distributed in the Installment  Form
     of Payment.

          (b) For each Plan Year  commencing  on or after  January  1,  1994,  a
     Participant  who is an  Eligible  Employee  and who  desires to have an MIC
     Deferral made on his or her behalf shall file a Deferral  Election pursuant
     to procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust Committee  specifying (1) his
     or her Deferral  Percentage  of not less than 5% nor more than 100% (stated
     as a whole integer  percentage)  and  authorizing  his or her  Compensation
     payable for a Plan Year to be reduced  and  deferred  hereunder  to a fixed
     Payment  Date not  earlier  than two (2) full Plan Years after the date the
     Deferral  Election  is received by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee;  and (2)
     whether or not the MIC Account  created with respect to such Plan Year will
     be distributed in the Installment Form of Payment.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  Subsection  (a)  hereof,  for any Plan  Year the
     Benefit Trust Committee may, without amending this Plan, determine that the
     maximum Deferral Percentage shall be greater or lesser than the percentages
     set  forth in  Subsection  (a)  hereof.  Otherwise,  the  maximum  Deferral
     Percentage as provided in Subsection (a) hereof shall apply.

          (d) Any Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral Election which has not been
     properly  completed,  or which is submitted at a time when the  Participant
     does not have outstanding a properly completed Investment Election, will be
     deemed not to have been  received  and be void.  A  Participant's  Deferral
     Election shall be effective only if received by the Benefit Trust Committee
     on or before the Notice Date for a Plan Year.

     III.2  Election  Procedures.  If properly  received  by the  Benefit  Trust
Committee,   a  Deferral   Election  may  be  effective  only  with  respect  to
Compensation paid in a Plan Year to which the Deferral Election applies and only
with  respect  to  Compensation  paid  after the  Notice  Date for the  Deferral
Election.  Consistent with the above,  the Benefit Trust Committee may establish
rules and procedures  governing  when a Deferral  Election will be effective and
what Compensation will be deferred by the Deferral Election; provided such rules
and  procedures  are not more  permissive  than the terms and provisions of this
Plan.

     III.3  Coordination  with RSP.  Notwithstanding  a  Participant's  Deferral
Election,  if a Participant  makes a "401(k)  Hardship"  withdrawal from the RSP
during a Plan Year, the "401(k) Hardship" withdrawal rules of the RSP, which are
intended to be applicable to this Plan, are incorporated by reference herein and
made a part hereof, but only to the extent required by Treas. Reg.  '1.401(k)-1,
in order for the RSP to be a qualified cash or deferred arrangement.

ARTICLE IV
- ----------

                             DEFERRALS AND POSTINGS

     IV.1 Replacement RSP Employer Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  For each period after 1993 for which a
     Participant  makes a Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral,  the Company shall
     post to this Plan on behalf of such Participant an Replacement RSP Employer
     Deferral  as  described  in the  following  Posting and  Allocation  Method
     paragraph.

          (b)  Posting and  Allocation  Method.  The  Replacement  RSP  Employer
     Deferral  for each period  shall total one hundred  percent  (100%) of each
     eligible  Participant's  Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral for the period,
     provided that no Replacement RSP Employer Deferral shall be made based upon
     a Participant's  Replacement RSP Employee Deferral in excess of six percent
     (6%) of his or her  Compensation.  The  Replacement  RSP Employer  Deferral
     shall be posted to the Replacement RSP Employer Account of such Participant
     as of the same date the Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral which it matches
     is posted.

     IV.2 MIC Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  For each period after 1993 for which a
     Deferral  Election  is in effect,  the  Company  shall post to this Plan on
     behalf of each Participant an amount equal to the amount  designated by the
     Participant as an MIC Deferral on his or her Deferral Election.

          (b)  Posting.  The MIC  Deferral  shall be posted to the MIC  Deferral
     Account  of such  Participant  as of the  date his or her MIC  Award  would
     otherwise have been paid to the Participant.
                         
     IV.3 Pay Based Deferral.

          (a) Frequency  and  Eligibility.  For each Plan Year,  the Company may
     make a Pay Based Deferral in an amount  determined by the Company on behalf
     of  each  Participant  who is an  Eligible  Employee  and  who  would  have
     qualified  for a similar  deferral in the RSP had such person been eligible
     to  participate  in the RSP and in an amount  determined in the Posting and
     Allocation Method paragraph.

          (b) Posting and  Allocation  Method.  The Pay Based  Deferral for each
     period  shall be  posted as of the date  determined  by the  Benefit  Trust
     Committee  (but not later than the tax filing  deadline  for the  Company's
     federal  income tax return for the Plan Year with  respect to which the Pay
     Based Deferral relates,  including  extensions) to the Pay Based Account of
     each of the  Participants  for the Plan Year in direct  proportion to their
     Compensation.

     IV.4 Replacement RSP Employee Deferral.

          (a)  Frequency and  Eligibility.  For each period for which a Deferral
     Election  is in effect,  the  Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of
     each  Participant  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount   designated  by  the
     Participant as an Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral on his or her Deferral
     Election.

          (b) Posting.  The Replacement RSP Employee Deferral shall be posted to
     the  Replacement  RSP Employee  Account of such  Participant as of the date
     such Compensation amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

     IV.5 RSP Employer Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.

               (1) Pre-1991. Amounts posted to a Participant's Accounts for each
          Plan Year prior to 1991 are determined  under the terms and provisions
          of this Plan as it existed during any such Plan Year.

               (2)  Post-1990  and  Pre-1994.  For each Plan Year after 1990 and
          prior to 1994,  the Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of each
          Participant  whose pre-tax  contribution to the RSP was limited by the
          Contribution  Dollar  Limit  for  that  Plan  Year,  and  who is not a
          Designated Participant for that Plan Year, an RSP Employer Deferral as
          described in (b)(2) of the  following  Posting and  Allocation  Method
          paragraph.

               (3)  Designated  Participant.  For each Plan Year  after 1990 and
          prior to 1994,  the Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of each
          Participant  who is a Designated  Participant and an Employee for that
          Plan Year,  an RSP  Employer  Deferral as  described  in (b)(3) of the
          following Allocation Method paragraph.

          (b) Posting and Allocation Method.

               (1) Pre-1991. RSP Employer Deferrals for Plan Years prior to 1991
          shall be posted as of January 1, 1991, to the RSP Employer Account.

               (2) Post-1990 and  Pre-1994.  The RSP Employer  Deferral for each
          Plan Year after 1990 and prior to 1994 shall be an amount equal to (A)
          minus (B) where:

                    (A) is equal to the amount of  matching  contribution  which
               would  have been  made to the RSP for the Plan Year  based on the
               assumptions   that  (i)  the   Participant   has   made   pre-tax
               contributions  to the RSP at the rate of six percent  (6%) of his
               or her  compensation as defined in the RSP, without regard to the
               Maximum Annual  Additions  Limitation,  the  Contribution  Dollar
               Limit and the Compensation Limit; and (ii) matching contributions
               to the RSP were made with respect to such  amounts in  accordance
               with the terms of the RSP without  regard to the  Maximum  Annual
               Additions Limitation and the Section 401(m) Limitation; and 

                    (B) is equal to the actual  amount of matching  contribution
               made on behalf of the  Participant  to the RSP for the Plan Year.

               The RSP Employer Deferral after 1990 shall be posted to the RSP
          Employer  Account  as of the same  date it would  have  been made as a
          matching  contribution to the RSP, if it could have been made (or as a
          pay  based  contribution  to the RSP in 1991,  if it could  have  been
          made).

               (3) Designated  Participant.  The RSP Employer  Deferral for each
          Plan Year after 1990 and prior to 1994 shall be an amount equal to six
          percent (6%) of the Participant's Compensation,  without regard to the
          Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation.  For the 1991 Plan Year, an amount
          shall be posted equal to 2% of such  Participant's  Compensation.  The
          RSP Employer  Deferral  after 1990 shall be posted to the RSP Employer
          Account  as of the same date it would  have  been  made as a  matching
          contribution to the RSP, if it could have been made (or as a pay based
          contribution to the RSP in 1991, if it could have been made).

     IV.6 RSP Employee Deferral.

          (a)  Frequency  and  Eligibility.  Amounts  posted to a  Participant's
     Accounts  for each Plan Year prior to 1994 are  determined  under the terms
     and provisions of this Plan as it existed during any such Plan Year.

          (b) Allocation  Method. RSP Employee Deferrals for Plan Years prior to
     1994 shall be posted to the RSP  Employee  Account in  accordance  with the
     terms of the Plan at that time.
                                                                   
ARTICLE V
- ---------

                      EXCESS RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS

     V.1 Amount of Pension  Benefits.  Effective on and after January 1, 1994, a
Retirement  Benefit will be paid under this Plan, only as provided in Article X,
to a  Participant  in an annual  amount  payable  monthly equal to the amount by
which (a) exceeds (b).

          (a) The amount of the annual retirement benefit payable in the form of
     a single life annuity the  Participant  would have been entitled to receive
     under  the  Pension  Plan (1) had the  Pension  Plan  (and any  other  plan
     referenced  by the Pension Plan for the purpose of  determining  an "Offset
     Benefit"  as defined in the Pension  Plan) not  applied the Maximum  Annual
     Benefit  Limitation in determining  benefits payable from the Pension Plan;
     and (2) had the  Participant  not been  excluded  from  being an  "Eligible
     Employee" by being listed on an Appendix to the Pension Plan (and any other
     plan  referenced  by the  Pension  Plan for the purpose of  determining  an
     "Offset  Benefit" as defined in the  Pension  Plan).  For  purposes of this
     Section 5.1(a), the compensation used for determining  retirement  benefits
     payable from the Pension Plan (and any other plan referenced by the Pension
     Plan for the purpose of determining  an "Offset  Benefit" as defined in the
     Pension  Plan) shall mean  Compensation  as defined in this Plan for a Plan
     Year.

          (b) The Actuarial  Equivalent  of the amount of the annual  retirement
     benefit  payable monthly which the Participant is entitled to receive under
     the Pension  Plan if it were to commence on the Payment Date and to be paid
     in the form elected by such  Participant  under the Pension Plan, or if the
     Participant  has not made such an election under the Pension Plan,  then in
     the form of either a joint and 100% contingent  annuity,  if married,  or a
     single life annuity, if not married.

     V.2 Amount of Death  Benefit.  Effective  on and after  January 1, 1994,  a
Death Benefit will be paid under this Plan,  only as provided in Article X, to a
Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant in an annual amount payable monthly equal
to the amount by which (a) exceeds (b):
               
          (a) The amount of the annual  death  benefit  payable in the form of a
     single life annuity the  Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant  would have
     been  entitled to receive  under the Pension  Plan (1) had the Pension Plan
     not applied the Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation in determining  benefits
     payable  from  the  Pension  Plan;  and (2) had the  Participant  not  been
     excluded  from being an "Eligible  Employee" by being listed on an Appendix
     to the Pension Plan. For purposes of this Section 5.3(a),  the compensation
     used for  determining  death  benefits  payable from the Pension Plan means
     Compensation as defined in this Plan for a Plan Year.

          (b) The Actuarial Equivalent of the amount of the annual death benefit
     payable monthly which the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant is entitled
     to receive  under the Pension  Plan if it were to commence on the same date
     as the Death  Benefit  under this Plan and to be paid in the form of single
     life annuity.

     V.3 Pre-1994  Benefits.  Any  Retirement  Benefit  accrued by a Participant
prior to 1994, who is never an Eligible Employee after 1993, shall be determined
and paid solely under the terms of this Plan as it existed prior to 1991.
                                                                   
ARTICLE VI
- ----------
                          ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
                        ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS

     VI.1 Individual Participant Accounting.

          (a) Account  Maintenance.  The Benefit Trust Committee shall cause the
     Accounts for each  Participant to reflect  transactions  involving  amounts
     posted  to the  Accounts  and the  measurement  of  investment  returns  on
     Accounts in accordance  with this Plan.  Investment  returns during or with
     respect to an Accounting  Period shall be accounted  for at the  individual
     account level by "posting" such returns to each of the appropriate Accounts
     of each affected Participant. Account values shall be maintained in shares,
     units or dollars.

          (b) Trade Date  Accounting  and  Investment  Cycle.  For any financial
     transaction  involving a change in the  measurement of investment  returns,
     withdrawals  or  distributions  to be  processed  as of a Trade  Date,  the
     Benefit Trust  Committee  must receive  instructions  by the Sweep Date and
     such instructions  shall apply only to amounts posted to the Accounts as of
     the Trade Date. Such financial  transactions in an Investment Fund shall be
     posted to a Participant's  Accounts as of the Trade Date and based upon the
     Trade  Date  values.  All  such  transactions  shall  be  effected  on  the
     Settlement Date (or as soon as is  administratively  feasible)  relating to
     the Trade Date as of which the transaction occurs.

          (c) Suspension of  Transactions.  Whenever the Benefit Trust Committee
     considers such action to be appropriate,  the Benefit Trust  Committee,  in
     its discretion, may suspend from time to time the Trade Date.

          (d) Error  Correction.  The Benefit  Trust  Committee  may correct any
     errors or  omissions  in the  administration  of this Plan by  restoring or
     charging any Participant's  Accounts with the amount that would be credited
     or charged to the Accounts had no error or omission been made.

     VI.2  Accounting  for  Investment  Funds.  The  investment  returns of each
Investment Fund shall be tracked in the same manner as such Investment Funds are
tracked under the RSP. Investment income,  earnings,  and losses charged against
the Accounts shall be based solely upon the actual  performance (net of expenses
and  charges  allowed  under  the RSP) of each of the  Investment  Funds for the
period of time all or some portion of each of the  Accounts has been  designated
to use such Investment Fund as a measurement of investment  returns. A change of
measurement of returns from one Investment Fund to another, or a distribution or
withdrawal,  shall be  determined as of the same dates and in the same manner as
if  amounts  posted  in  Accounts  were  actually  invested  in the RSP and such
financial transactions were being implemented in the RSP.

ARTICLE VII
- -----------

                         INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS

     VII.1  General.  Prior to  January  1,  1994,  a  Participant's  Investment
Election  and  Conversion  Election  (except as  provided  in Section  7.4) with
respect to this Plan were deemed to be identical to each  comparable  investment
direction made by the Participant under the RSP. Effective January 1, 1994, this
Plan will no longer use a  Participant's  RSP investment  directions,  and other
than as provided in Section 7.5, a separate  Investment  Election and Conversion
Election  must be made with  respect to the  Deferrals  and  Accounts;  provided
however,  if no Investment  Election or  Conversion  Election is received from a
Participant on or after January 1, 1994, such Participant will be deemed to have
submitted a Conversion  Election,  effective January 1, 1994 with respect to his
or her Accounts as of December 31, 1993,  which  designates a percentage of such
Accounts to have its investment  returns measured by an Investment Fund which is
the same  percentage and investment  fund in the RSP that such  Participant  had
previously  been deemed to have  designated  prior to January 1, 1994,  with the
exception that any amounts  designated to measure the investment  returns of the
Windsor Fund shall instead use the Large Company Fund.

     VII.2 Investment of Deferrals.

          (a) Investment Election. Each Participant may direct, by submission to
     the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  of a  completed  Investment  Election  form
     provided  for that  purpose by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to select a
     measurement of investment  returns for Deferrals (other than MIC Deferrals)
     posted  to  his  or  her  Accounts   (and  the  portion  of  such  Accounts
     attributable  to such  Deferrals)  in one or more  Investment  Funds.  Each
     Investment  Election shall apply  proportionately  to all Deferrals  (other
     than MIC Deferrals) based upon the relative amount of each.

          (b)  Effective  Date of  Investment  Election;  Change  of  Investment
     Election.  A Participant's  initial  Investment  Election will be effective
     with respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which the  Investment  Election is  received  pursuant to
     procedures  specified  by  the  Benefit  Trust  Committee.  Any  Investment
     Election  which has not been properly  completed will be deemed not to have
     been  received.  A  Participant's  Investment  Election  shall  continue in
     effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her
     Deferral Percentage, until the effective date of a new Investment Election.
     A change in Investment  Election  shall be effective with respect to a Fund
     on the Trade  Date  which  relates  to the Sweep  Date on which or prior to
     which the Benefit Trust Committee receives the Participant's new Investment
     Election.

     VII.3 Investment of Accounts.

          (a) Conversion  Election.  Notwithstanding a Participant's  Investment
     Election,  a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  may  direct the  Benefit  Trust
     Committee,  by submission of a completed  Conversion Election form provided
     for that purpose to the Benefit Trust Committee,  to change the measurement
     of investment  returns of his or her Accounts  (other than the MIC Deferral
     Account).  Each  Conversion  Election  shall apply  proportionately  to all
     affected Accounts based upon the relative balance of each.

          (b) Effective Date of Conversion  Election.  A Conversion  Election to
     change a  Participant's  measurement  of  investment  returns of his or her
     Accounts in one  Investment  Fund to another Fund shall be  effective  with
     respect  to such  Funds on and after the Trade  Date  which  relates to the
     Sweep Date on which or prior to which the Election is received  pursuant to
     procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust Committee.  Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing,  to the extent required by any provisions of an Investment Fund,
     the effective date of any Conversion  Election may be delayed or the amount
     of any  permissible  Conversion  Election  may be reduced.  Any  Investment
     Election  which has not been properly  completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.

     VII.4 Insiders.

     Prior to January 1, 1994, and as of the later of May 5, 1992 or the date on
which such  Participant  becomes an Insider (as  determined by the Benefit Trust
Committee) ("Transfer Date"):

          (a) The measurement of investment returns for an RSP Employer Deferral
     hereunder shall initially be assumed to be the same as the Investment Funds
     in which the Insider's pre-tax  contributions are initially invested in the
     RSP;  and if the Insider does not make  pre-tax  contributions  to the RSP,
     then it  shall  be  assumed  to be that of the  Investment  Fund  primarily
     invested in Company Stock.

          (b) Each Insider's change in investment directions under the RSP shall
     be disregarded for purposes of this Plan:

               (1) if such  change  would  cause any  portion  of the  Insider's
          Deferral  or Accounts to use the Fund  invested  primarily  in Company
          Stock as a measurement of investment return; or

               (2) if such  change is not in amounts  and  effective  as of such
          dates as are determined by the Benefit Trust  Committee under a set of
          rules applicable to all Insiders.

     VII.5 Investment Returns on MIC Deferrals.  All MIC Deferral Accounts shall
have interest as a measurement of investment return. The rate of interest deemed
to be earned on such  Accounts on any day during a 6-month  period  shall be the
stated prime rate of interest charged by Bank of America,  Illinois, N.A. on the
first business day in January or July of such period.

     VII.6 Restrictions on Measurement.  The following  additional  restrictions
shall apply to the  measurement  of investment  return of Deferrals and Accounts
other than those described in Section 7.5:

          (a) Effective  after January 1, 1994, no Investment  Election shall be
     permitted which results in a measurement of investment return for Deferrals
     to be an  Investment  Fund  invested  primarily  in  Company  Stock  and no
     Conversion  Election  shall be permitted  which results in a measurement of
     investment  return for Accounts into or out of an Investment  Fund invested
     primarily in Company Stock;

          (b) Any limitations,  conditions or restrictions  which may be imposed
     by the Benefit Trust Committee; and

          (c) Any limitation,  condition or restriction  which is imposed on the
     measurement of investment returns in or the liquidation of funds out of any
     Investment Fund in the RSP.

     VII.7 Procedures.  The procedures,  frequency and time deadlines for making
an  Investment  Election  or  Conversion  Election  shall  be  the  same  as the
applicable  procedures,  frequency and time deadlines in the RSP,  except to the
extent provided otherwise in this Plan or by the Benefit Trust Committee.

ARTICLE VIII
- ------------

                             VESTING AND FORFEITURES

     VIII.1 Fully Vested Deferral Accounts.

     A Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable  right to his
or her Accounts at all times.
                                                  
ARTICLE IX
- ----------

                                   WITHDRAWALS

     IX.1 Withdrawals for Hardship.

          (a)  Requirements.  A  Participant  may request the  withdrawal of any
     amount  from the  portion  of his or her  Accounts  (not in  excess  of the
     balance of such  Accounts)  needed to satisfy a financial  need by making a
     withdrawal  request  in  accordance  with a  procedure  established  by the
     Benefit  Trust  Committee.  A financial  need for this purpose is a severe,
     unanticipated hardship, the occurrence of which is beyond the Participant's
     control  and for which  the  amount  needed  to  satisfy  the  hardship  is
     determined  only after the  Participant  has used other  readily  available
     funds or resources (other than this Plan and the RSP).

          (b) Account Sources for Withdrawal.  The withdrawal  amount shall come
     only from the following Accounts, in the following priority order:

                                RSP Employee Account
                                RSP Employer Account
                                Replacement RSP Employer Account
                                Replacement RSP Employee Account
                                Pay Based Account
                                MIC Deferral Account

     IX.2 Withdrawal Processing.

          (a)  Minimum  Amount.  There  is no  minimum  payment  for any type of
     withdrawal.

          (b) Application by Participant. A Participant must submit a withdrawal
     request,  in accordance  with a procedure  established by the Benefit Trust
     Committee,  to the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  to  apply  for  any  type of
     withdrawal.
                             
          (c) Approval by Benefit Trust  Committee.  The Benefit Trust Committee
     is responsible for determining  that a withdrawal  request  conforms to the
     requirements  described  in this Section and  notifying  the Company of any
     payments to be made in a timely manner. Any request to make a withdrawal by
     a  member  of  the  Benefit  Trust   Committee  may  be  approved  only  by
     disinterested  members of the  Benefit  Trust  Committee,  or if none,  the
     Compensation Committee.

          (d) Time of  Processing.  The Company  shall  process  all  withdrawal
     requests  which it receives  by a Sweep Date,  based on the value as of the
     Trade Date to which it relates,  and fund them on the next Settlement Date.
     The Company shall then make payment to the  Participant as soon  thereafter
     as is  administratively  feasible;  provided however,  if such payment will
     result in any  portion of the  payment  (or any other  amount  paid to such
     Participant  during the same Plan Year) not being  deductible  by reason of
     Code section  162(m),  the  Compensation  Committee  may defer payment to a
     later Payment Date designated by it.

          (e) Medium and Form of Payment.  The medium of payment for withdrawals
     is cash. The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a single installment.
  
          (f)  Investment  Fund Sources.  Within each Account used for funding a
     withdrawal,  amounts  shall be taken by type of investment  measurement  in
     direct  proportion  to the  value  of the  Participant's  Accounts  in each
     Investment Fund at the time the withdrawal is made.

ARTICLE X
- ----------

                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

     Benefits  payable  under  this  Plan  shall  be paid in the  form  and time
prescribed below.

     X.1 Retirement  Benefit.  A Participant who has a  nonforfeitable  right to
receive  a   retirement   benefit  from  the  Pension  Plan  (or  would  have  a
nonforfeitable  right if such  Participant  were eligible to  participate in the
Pension  Plan) shall receive a Retirement  Benefit (less any amounts  previously
paid  to  the  Participant  under  Section  10.7)  in  the  following  Actuarial
Equivalent form of payment and as of the following Payment Date:

          (a) Form of Payment.  The  Participant  may elect a form of payment of
     the Retirement  Benefit in the same manner and form as permitted  under the
     Pension Plan (other than the Social Security  Leveling  Option) without the
     necessity  of spousal  consent;  provided,  however,  (1) the  Compensation
     Committee  in  its  discretion,  or (2)  such  Participant  by  irrevocably
     electing in writing on a form  delivered to the Benefit Trust  Committee on
     or  prior  to his or her  Termination  of  Employment,  and if a  voluntary
     Termination  of  Employment  by  delivering  such form to the Benefit Trust
     Committee  at least six (6) months prior to the Payment  Date,  may convert
     the Retirement Benefit payable under this Plan into an Actuarial Equivalent
     single sum form of payment.

          (b) Time of Payment.  The Payment Date of a  Participant's  Retirement
     Benefit  shall  be  the  earliest  date  on  or  after  the   Participant's
     Termination  of  Employment  as of which  he or she  could  have  commenced
     payment of his or her retirement  benefits from the Pension Plan;  provided
     however,  if payment is made in a single sum and will result in any portion
     of the payment (or any other  amount  paid to such  Participant  during the
     same Plan Year) not being deductible by reason of Code section 162(m),  the
     Benefit Trust  Committee  may defer such  Actuarial  Equivalent  single sum
     payment to a later Payment Date designated by it.

     X.2 Pension Death Benefit.

          (a) Form of Payment. The Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary of a
     Participant  who is  entitled  to a  Retirement  Benefit  (less any amounts
     previously paid to the  Participant  under Section 10.7) and who dies on or
     after  his  or her  Payment  Date  shall  be in the  form  selected  by the
     Participant  commencing as of such Payment Date. Where a Participant who is
     entitled to a Retirement  Benefit (less any amounts  previously paid to the
     Participant under Section 10.7) dies prior to his Payment Date, the form of
     payment of his or her Beneficiary's  Death Benefit shall be the same as the
     form of  payment  of any death  benefit  payable  under the  Pension  Plan;
     provided  however,  the Compensation  Committee in its discretion,  or such
     Participant by electing in writing on a form delivered to the Benefit Trust
     Committee  prior to his or her Payment Date,  may convert the Death Benefit
     payable  under this Plan into an  Actuarial  Equivalent  single sum form of
     payment.

          (b) Time of Payment.  A Beneficiary's  Death Benefit shall commence to
     be paid as of the earliest date as of which he or she could have  commenced
     payment of a death  benefit from the Pension  Plan;  provided  however,  if
     payment  is made in a single  sum and will  result  in any  portion  of the
     payment (or any other amount paid to such Beneficiary  during the same Plan
     Year) not being  deductible by reason of Code section  162(m),  the Benefit
     Trust Committee may defer such Actuarial Equivalent single sum payment to a
     later Payment Date designated by it.

     X.3 Accounts.

          (a)  Form  of  Payment.  The  form  of  payment  of the  balance  of a
     Participant's  Accounts  (other  than his or her MIC  Account for each Plan
     Year) will be a single sum payment  except with  respect to those  Accounts
     for which the Participant  has selected the Installment  Form of Payment on
     his or her Deferral Election Form, in which case such Accounts will be paid
     in the Installment Form of Payment.

          (b)  Time  of  Payment.   The  Payment   Date  of  the  balance  of  a
     Participant's  Accounts  (other than his or her MIC  Account)  shall be the
     Payment  Date  following   Termination   of  Employment   selected  by  the
     Participant on his or her Enrollment  Election form;  provided however,  if
     such payment will result in any portion of the payment (or any other amount
     paid to such Participant during the same Plan Year) not being deductible by
     reason of Code  section  162(m),  the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  may defer
     payment to a later Payment Date  designated  by it and such Accounts  shall
     continue to have investment returns measured under this Plan.

     X.4 MIC Account.

          (a)  Form  of  Payment.  The  form  of  payment  of the  balance  of a
     Participant's  MIC  Account for each Plan Year will be a single sum payment
     except with  respect to those MIC Accounts  for which the  Participant  has
     selected the  Installment  Form of Payment on his or her Deferral  Election
     Form, in which case such MIC Accounts will be paid in the Installment  Form
     of Payment.

          (b)  Time  of  Payment.   The  Payment   Date  of  the  balance  of  a
     Participant's  MIC  Account  for each Plan Year shall be the earlier of the
     fixed Payment Date  selected by the  Participant  on the Deferral  Election
     Form for the Plan Year or the  Payment  Date  following  a  Termination  of
     Employment  selected  in his  or her  Enrollment  Election  form;  provided
     however,  if payment is made in a single sum and will result in any portion
     of the payment (or any other  amount  paid to such  Participant  during the
     same Plan Year) not being deductible by reason of Code section 162(m),  the
     Benefit  Trust  Committee  may  defer  payment  to  a  later  Payment  Date
     designated  by it and  such  Accounts  shall  continue  to have  investment
     returns measured under this Plan.

     X.5  Death  Benefit  of  Accounts.  Upon the  death of a  Participant,  the
remaining  balance  in his or her  Accounts  shall be paid to the  Participant's
Beneficiary  in a single  sum as soon as  administratively  possible  after  the
Participant's  death;  provided  however,  if such  payment  will  result in any
portion of the payment (or any other amount paid to such Beneficiary  during the
same Plan  Year) not being  deductible  by reason of Code  section  162(m),  the
Benefit Trust  Committee may defer payment to a later Payment Date designated by
it and such Accounts shall continue to have  investment  returns  measured under
this Plan.

     X.6 Prior to 1994. The timing and form of payment of a Retirement  Benefit,
Death  Benefit  and  balance  of  Accounts  with  respect  to a  Participant  or
Beneficiary as of any date of determination prior to 1994 shall be determined by
the terms and provisions of this Plan as of such date.

     X.7 Payments of Retirement  and Death  Benefit Due to an  Investment  Grade
Rating Change.  Notwithstanding Sections 10.1, 10.2 or 10.6, the following shall
apply:

          (a) Retirement Benefit.  If, prior to a Change of Control or more than
     three (3) years  after a Change of  Control,  either (1) the Company or (2)
     the Parent is rated below an Investment  Grade  Rating,  then on such date,
     and on each  December  31 after such date and prior to the date the Company
     and the Parent both have an Investment  Grade Rating,  a single sum payment
     shall be made  immediately  to such  Participant of the amount by which the
     Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds the sum of (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit  from  the  Pension  Plan,  (B)  the   Participant   incurs  a
          Termination  of  Employment as of the date of  determination,  and (C)
          benefits  payable  from  the  Pension  Plan  would  commence  upon the
          earliest  payment  date  allowed  under the Pension  Plan  immediately
          following such Termination of Employment.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same assumptions as those in Section 10.7(a)(1).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of amounts paid to such Participant
          based  on any  prior  determination  date  pursuant  to  this  Section
          10.7(a).

          (b)  Retirement  Benefit  After  Payment Date. On or after the Payment
     Date of a Participant's  Retirement  Benefit,  if either (1) the Company or
     (2) the Parent is rated below an Investment Grade Rating, then an Actuarial
     Equivalent  single sum payment of such unpaid  Retirement  Benefit shall be
     made immediately to such Participant.

          (c) Death  Benefit.  If either  (1) the  Company  or (2) the Parent is
     rated  below  an  Investment  Grade  Rating,  then  a  Beneficiary  who  is
     receiving,  or would as of such date  otherwise  be eligible to commence to
     receive a Death Benefit shall be paid  immediately an Actuarial  Equivalent
     single sum payment of such unpaid Death Benefit.

     X.8  Payment  of  Accounts  Due  to  an  Investment  Grade  Rating  Change.
Notwithstanding  Sections  10.3,  10.4 or 10.5, if either (1) the Company or (2)
the Parent is rated below an Investment Grade Rating, then the balance of his or
her Accounts shall be paid immediately in a single sum to such Participant as if
such  Participant  had incurred a Termination  of Employment as of such date the
rating drops below an Investment Grade Rating.

     X.9 Payment of Retirement and Death Benefits Due to a Change of Control. On
and after a Change of Control and  notwithstanding  Sections 10.1, 10.2 or 10.6,
the following shall apply:

          (a)  Termination  of Employment.  Upon  Termination of Employment of a
     Participant  within three (3) years following a Change of Control, a single
     sum payment shall be made  immediately to such Participant of the amount by
     which the Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit from the Pension Plan, (B) the Participant's  early retirement
          benefit  under  the  Pension  Plan is  determined  using  the Table of
          reduction  factors that would have been available to such  Participant
          had he or she not incurred a Termination of Employment until the third
          (3rd)  anniversary  of the Change of  Control  date and based upon the
          Participant's  age as of the Payment  Date,  and (C) benefits  payable
          from the Pension Plan would  commence  upon the earliest  payment date
          allowed under the Pension Plan.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same assumptions as those in Section  10.9(a)(1)
          except (A).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of any amounts  previously  paid to
          the Participant under Section 10.7.

          (b) Investment  Grade Rating Within Three Years.  If, within three (3)
     years  following  a Change of  Control,  either (1) the  Company or (2) the
     Parent,  if any, is rated below an Investment  Grade Rating,  then a single
     sum payment  shall be made  immediately  to such  Participant  of an amount
     determined in Section 10.9(a) hereof as if such  Participant had incurred a
     Termination  of  Employment  as of such  date  the  rating  drops  below an
     Investment Grade Rating.

     X.10 Payment of Accounts Due to a Change of Control.  On and after a Change
of Control and  notwithstanding  Sections 10.3,  10.4 or 10.5, in the event of a
Participant's  Termination  of  Employment  within  three (3) years  following a
Change of Control, the balances of his or her Accounts shall be paid immediately
in a single sum.

ARTICLE XI
- ----------

                                    AMENDMENT

     XI.1 Prior to a Change of Control.  The Company reserves the right to amend
this Plan from time to time by action of the Board of Directors, but without the
written consent of each  Participant and Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant,
no such action may reduce or relieve the Company of any obligation  with respect
to any  Retirement  Benefit  (or Death  Benefit)  accrued or balance of Accounts
maintained  under this Plan by such  Participant (or Beneficiary) as of the date
of such  amendment,  except to the extent such  amendment is required by written
opinion  of  counsel  to  the  Company  to  avoid  recognition  of  income  by a
Participant or Beneficiary subject to federal income taxation.

     XI.2 After a Change of  Control.  This Plan may not be amended  following a
Change of Control.

ARTICLE XII
- -----------

                                   TERMINATION

     The  Company,  by action of the Board of  Directors,  reserves the right to
terminate  this  Plan,  provided  the  Company  pays  to  each  Participant  and
Beneficiary,  on such date of termination of this Plan, the Actuarial Equivalent
single  sum  value  of  a  Participant's  unpaid  Retirement  Benefit  (or  of a
Beneficiary's  unpaid Death Benefit) and the balance of Accounts  maintained for
such  Participant (or for a Beneficiary) as of the date of termination  shall be
paid as soon as administratively possible;  provided however, for this purpose a
Participant's  Retirement  Benefit  shall be equal to the  amount  by which  the
Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit from the Pension Plan, (B) the Participant's  early retirement
          benefit  under  the  Pension  Plan is  determined  using  the Table of
          reduction  factors that would have been available to such  Participant
          had he or she not incurred a Termination  of Employment  until the day
          preceding his or her  sixty-fifth  (65th)  birthday and based upon the
          Participant's  age as of the Payment  Date,  and (C) benefits  payable
          from the Pension Plan would  commence  upon the earliest  payment date
          allowed under the Pension Plan.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same  assumptions as those in subsection  (a)(1)
          above except (A).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of any amounts  previously  paid to
          the Participant under Section 10.7.

     If within  ten (10) days after a Change of  Control,  the  requirements  of
Sections 10.9(b), (d), (e) and 10.10(b) hereof are not satisfied, the Plan shall
automatically terminate upon final payment of all amounts due in accordance with
Sections 10.9(b), (d), (e), 10.10, 13.3, 13.4 and 13.9 of this Plan.

ARTICLE XIII
- -------------

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     XIII.1 Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Benefit Trust
Committee.  The Benefit Trust Committee  shall have, to the extent  appropriate,
the same powers,  rights,  duties,  and obligations with respect to this Plan as
the committee of the Trust has under the Trust document (other than the power to
amend this Plan).

     XIII.2 Finality of  Determination.  The  determination of the Benefit Trust
Committee  as to any  disputed  questions  arising  under this  Plan,  including
questions  of  construction  and  interpretation  shall be final,  binding,  and
conclusive upon all persons.

     XIII.3 Expenses.  The expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by
the Company.

     XIII.4  Indemnification  and Exculpation.  The members of the Benefit Trust
Committee, its agents and officers, directors and employees of the Company shall
be  indemnified  and held  harmless by the Company  against and from any and all
loss,  cost,  liability,  or  expense  that may be  imposed  upon or  reasonably
incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim,  action,  suit,
or  proceeding  to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by
reason of any action  taken or failure  to act under this Plan and  against  and
from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company's  written
approval)  or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgment  in any such  action,
suit,  or  proceeding.  The foregoing  provision  shall not be applicable to any
person if the loss,  cost,  liability,  or expense is due to such person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     XIII.5  Funding.  While all  benefits  payable  under this Plan  constitute
general corporate obligations,  the Company may establish a separate irrevocable
grantor trust for the benefit of all Participants,  which trust shall be subject
to the  claims of the  general  creditors  of the  Company  in the event of such
corporation's  insolvency,  to be used as a  reserve  for the  discharge  of the
Company's obligations under this Plan to such Participants. Any payments made to
a Participant  under the separate  trust for his benefit shall reduce dollar for
dollar the amount  payable to the  Participant  from the  general  assets of the
Company.  The  amounts  payable  under  this  Plan  shall  be  reflected  on the
accounting  records  of the  Company  but  shall not be  construed  to create or
require  the  creation  of a trust,  custodial,  or  escrow  account,  except as
described   above  in  this  section.   No  Participant  (or  Beneficiary  of  a
Participant)  shall have any right,  title,  or  interest  whatever in or to any
investment  reserves,   accounts,  or  funds  that  the  Company  may  purchase,
establish,  or accumulate to aid in providing  benefits under this Plan. Nothing
contained in this Plan,  and no action taken pursuant to its  provisions,  shall
create a trust or fiduciary  relationship  of any kind between the Company,  the
Parent or  Compensation  Committee and a  Participant,  Beneficiary or any other
person. Neither a Participant nor Beneficiary shall acquire any interest greater
than that of an unsecured, general creditor.

     XIII.6 Corporate Action. Any action required of or permitted by the Company
under  this  Plan  shall  be by  resolution  of  its  Board  of  Directors,  the
Compensation Committee or any person or persons authorized by resolution of such
Compensation Committee.

     XIII.7  Interests not  Transferable.  The interests of the Participants and
their  Beneficiaries  under  this Plan are not  subject  to the  claims of their
creditors and may not be voluntarily  or  involuntarily  transferred,  assigned,
alienated, or encumbered by them.

     XIII.8 Effect on Other Benefit Plans.  Amounts  credited or paid under this
Plan shall not be considered to be compensation  for the purposes of a qualified
pension  plan  maintained  by the Company or the Parent.  The  treatment of such
amounts under other employee benefits plans shall be determined  pursuant to the
provisions of such plans.

     XIII.9  Legal Fees and  Expenses.  After a Change of  Control,  the Company
shall pay all  reasonable  legal fees and expenses  which the  Participant  or a
Beneficiary  may incur as a result of the  Company's  contesting  the  validity,
enforceability or the Participant's  interpretation  of, or determinations  made
under, this Plan or the Trust.

     XIII.10 Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable.

          (a)  Distribution.  The  Company  shall  deduct  from the amount to be
     distributed  such  amount as the  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  deems
     proper to protect the Company  against  liability for the payment of death,
     succession,  inheritance,  income,  or  other  taxes,  and out of  money so
     deducted,  the Company may discharge any such  liability and pay the amount
     remaining to the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant's
     estate, as the case may be.

          (b)  Withholding.  The Company may withhold  whatever taxes (including
     FICA, state or federal taxes) it, in its sole  discretion,  deems proper to
     protect the Company against  liability for the payment of such  withholding
     taxes and out of the money so deducted,  the Company may discharge any such
     liability.  Withholding for this purpose may come from any wages due to the
     Participant, or if none, from the Participant's Accounts hereunder.

     XIII.11 Facility of Payment. If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an
incompetent or is a minor and a conservator,  guardian,  or other person legally
charged  with his or her care has been  appointed,  any  benefits  to which such
Participant or  Beneficiary  is entitled  shall be payable to such  conservator,
guardian,  or other person legally charged with his or her care. The decision of
the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  in such  matters  shall be final,  binding,  and
conclusive upon the Company and upon each  Participant,  Beneficiary,  and every
other person or party interested or concerned. The Company and the Benefit Trust
Committee  shall not be under any duty to see to the proper  application of such
payments.

     XIII.12 Merger.  This Plan shall be binding and enforceable with respect to
the obligation of the Company  against any successor to the Company by operation
of law or by  express  assumption  of the  Plan,  and  such  successor  shall be
substituted hereunder for the Company.
 
     XIII.13  Gender  and  Number.  Except  when the  context  indicates  to the
contrary,  when used  herein,  masculine  terms  shall be deemed to include  the
feminine, and singular the plural.

     XIII.14  Invalidity  of Certain  Provisions.  If any provision of this Plan
shall be held invalid or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity  or  unenforceability
shall not affect any other  provisions  hereof and this Plan shall be  construed
and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable,  had
not been included.

     XIII.15  Headings.  The  headings  or  articles  are  included  solely  for
convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and
the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

     XIII.16 Notice and Information  Requirements.  Except as otherwise provided
in this Plan or as otherwise  required by law, the Company shall have no duty or
obligation to  affirmatively  disclose to any  Participant or  Beneficiary,  nor
shall any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  have any right to be  advised  of,  any
material information  regarding the Company, or at any time prior to, upon or in
connection with the Company's  purchase,  or any other  distribution or transfer
(or decision to defer any such  distribution)  of any Company Stock or any other
stock held under this Plan.

     XIII.17 Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware.

     Adopted on the ______ day of  _______________  by the Board of Directors of
the Company as to its obligations.


                    By:
                        -------------------------------------------------------


                 Title:
                        -------------------------------------------------------

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10(j)

                       Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.
                           Executive Retirement Plan




               As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1998


PEPSI-COLA GENERAL BOTTLERS, INC. EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
- ------------------------------------------------------------


Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. amends and restates, effective as of January 
1, 1998, an unfunded, deferred compensation plan on behalf of certain designated
management or highly compensated employees of Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc.
This document defines the provisions of such plan and shall be known as the
"Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc. Executive Retirement Plan."

This plan is intended in part to be an unfunded,  deferred compensation plan for
a select group of management or highly  compensated  employees,  as described in
sections  201(2),  301(a)(3),  and 401(a)(1) of the Employee  Retirement  Income
Security  Act of  1974  ("ERISA")  and in  part  to be an  excess  benefit  plan
described in section
3(36) of ERISA.

Table of Contents
- -----------------
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS
    1.1          "Accounting Period"
    1.2          "Accounts"
    1.3          "Actuarial Equivalent"
    1.4          "Appendix"
    1.5          "Beneficiary"
    1.6          "Benefit Trust Committee"
    1.7          "Board of Directors"
    1.8          "Change of Control"
    1.9          "Company"
    1.10         "Company Stock"
    1.11         "Compensation"
    1.12         "Compensation Committee"
    1.13         "Compensation Limit"
    1.14         "Contribution Dollar Limit"
    1.15         "Conversion Election"
    1.16         "Death Benefit"
    1.17         "Deferrals"
    1.18         "Deferral Election" or "Election"
    1.19         "Deferral Percentage"
    1.20         "Designated Participant"
    1.21         "Effective Date"
    1.22         "Eligible Employee"
    1.23         "Employee"
    1.24         "Enrollment Election"
    1.25         "ERISA"
    1.26         "Exchange Act"
    1.27         "Insider"
    1.28         "Installment Form of Payment"
    1.29         "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code"
    1.30         "Investment Election"
    1.31         "Investment Fund" or "Fund"
    1.32         "Investment Grade Rating"
    1.33         "Maximum Annual Additions Limitation"
    1.34         "Maximum Annual Benefit Limitation"
    1.35         "MIC Award"
    1.36         "Notice Date"
    1.37         "Parent"
    1.38         "Participant"
    1.39         "Payment Date"
    1.40         "Pension Plan"
    1.41         "Plan"
    1.42         "Plan Year"
    1.43         "Retirement Benefit"
    1.44         "RSP"
    1.45         "Section 401(m) Limitation"
    1.46         "Settlement Date"
    1.47         "Spouse"
    1.48         "Successor Plan"
    1.49         "Sweep Date"
    1.50         "Termination of Employment"
    1.51         "Trade Date"
    1.52         "Trust"

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION
    2.1          Eligibility
    2.2          Enrollment Election

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
    3.1          Employee Deferral Election
    3.2          Election Procedures
    3.3          Coordination with RSP

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRALS AND POSTINGS
    4.1          Replacement RSP Employer Deferral
    4.2          MIC Deferral
    4.3          Pay Based Deferral
    4.4          Replacement RSP Employee Deferral
    4.5          RSP Employer Deferral
    4.6          RSP Employee Deferral

ARTICLE V

EXCESS RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS
    5.1          Amount of Pension Benefits
    5.2          Amount of Death Benefit
    5.3          Pre-1994 Benefits

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS
    6.1          Individual Participant Accounting
    6.2          Accounting for Investment Funds

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS
    7.1          General
    7.2          Investment of Deferrals
    7.3          Investment of Accounts
    7.4          Insiders
    7.5          Investment Returns on MIC Deferrals
    7.6          Restrictions on Measurement
    7.7          Procedures

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING AND FORFEITURES
    8.1          Fully Vested Deferral Accounts

ARTICLE IX

WITHDRAWALS
    9.1          Withdrawals for Hardship
    9.2          Withdrawal Processing

ARTICLE X

DISTRIBUTIONS
    10.1         Retirement Benefit
    10.2         Pension Death Benefit
    10.3         Accounts
    10.4         MIC Account
    10.5         Death Benefit of Accounts
    10.6         Prior to 1994
    10.7         Payments of Retirement and Death Benefit Due to an
                 Investment Grade Rating Change
    10.8         Payment of Accounts Due to an Investment Grade Rating
                 Change
    10.9         Payment of Retirement and Death Benefits Due to a
                 Change of Control
    10.10        Payment of Accounts Due to a Change of Control

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT
    11.1         Prior to a Change of Control
    11.2         After a Change of Control

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION
ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    13.1         Administration
    13.2         Finality of Determination
    13.3         Expenses
    13.4         Indemnification and Exculpation
    13.5         Funding
    13.6         Corporate Action
    13.7         Interests not Transferable
    13.8         Effect on Other Benefit Plans
    13.9         Legal Fees and Expenses
    13.10        Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable
    13.11        Facility of Payment
    13.12        Merger
    13.13        Gender and Number
    13.14        Invalidity of Certain Provisions
    13.15        Headings
    13.16        Notice and Information Requirements
    13.17        Governing Law

ARTICLE I
- ----------

                                   DEFINITIONS

     The following sections of this Article I provide basic definitions of terms
used  throughout  this Plan,  and whenever  used herein in a  capitalized  form,
except as otherwise  expressly  provided,  the terms shall be deemed to have the
following meanings:

     I.1 "Accounting Period" means each business day.

     I.2 "Accounts" means the record of a Participant's interest in this
Plan represented by his or her:

          (a) "MIC Deferral  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of MIC  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after
     January 1, 1994 to the  Participant  under this Plan, if any (as identified
     by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee)  for such Plan Year,  plus all  interest
     deemed  credited to and minus all withdrawals  and  distributions  actually
     charged to such account.

          (b) "Pay Based Account" which means a  Participant's  interest in this
     Plan composed of Pay Based Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after
     January 1, 1994 to the  Participant  under  this Plan,  plus all income and
     gains  deemed  credited  to and minus all  losses  deemed  charged  to such
     account,  as measured by the  investment  returns of each  Investment  Fund
     designated by the Participant,  and minus all withdrawals and distributions
     actually charged to such account.

          (c)  "Replacement  RSP Accounts"  which  consists of the following two
     accounts:

               (1)   "Replacement   RSP   Employee   Account"   which   means  a
          Participant's  interest  in this  Plan  composed  of  Replacement  RSP
          Employee  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after  January 1,
          1994 to the Participant  under this Plan, if any (as identified by the
          Benefit Trust Committee) for such Plan Year, plus all income and gains
          deemed  credited  to and  minus  all  losses  deemed  charged  to such
          account, as measured by the investment returns of each Investment Fund
          designated  by  the   Participant,   and  minus  all  withdrawals  and
          distributions actually charged to such account; and

               (2)   "Replacement   RSP   Employer   Account"   which   means  a
          Participant's  interest  in this  Plan  composed  of  Replacement  RSP
          Employer  Deferrals  posted for each Plan Year on or after  January 1,
          1994 to the Participant  under this Plan (as identified by the Benefit
          Trust  Committee) for such Plan Year, plus all income and gains deemed
          credited to and minus all losses deemed  charged to such  account,  as
          measured by the investment  returns of each Investment Fund designated
          by the  Participant,  and  minus  all  withdrawals  and  distributions
          actually charged to such account.

          (d) "RSP Employee  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of RSP Employee  Deferrals  posted under this Plan prior
     to January 1, 1994, if any (as identified by the Benefit Trust  Committee),
     plus all income and gains  deemed  credited to and minus all losses  deemed
     charged to such  account,  as  measured by the  investment  returns of each
     Investment  Fund designated by the  Participant,  and minus all withdrawals
     and distributions actually charged to such account.

          (e) "RSP Employer  Account"  which means a  Participant's  interest in
     this Plan composed of RSP Employer  Deferrals  posted under this Plan prior
     to January 1, 1994, if any (as identified by the Benefit Trust  Committee),
     plus all income and gains  deemed  credited to and minus all losses  deemed
     charged to such  account,  as  measured by the  investment  returns of each
     Investment  Fund designated by the  Participant,  and minus all withdrawals
     and distributions actually charged to such account.

     I.3  "Actuarial  Equivalent"  means an amount equal in value to the benefit
replaced as determined (i) in accordance with the terms of the Pension Plan with
respect to the  determination of any form of benefit other than a single sum, or
(ii) with respect to a single sum distribution,  by: (A) using an assumed annual
discount  rate  equal to the  weekly  average,  as of the last  full week of the
fourth calendar month prior to the month containing the date the single sum will
be paid,  of the Bond  Buyer's  Average of 20  Municipal  Bonds,  rounded to the
nearest 1/4%, as published  weekly by the Federal  Reserve Bank of St. Louis and
(B) assuming the payee lives for the duration of his life expectancy  where such
life expectancy is calculated according to the UP94 Mortality Table.

     I.4 "Appendix" means a written supplement  attached to this Plan and made a
part hereof which has been added in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

     I.5 "Beneficiary" means

          (a) with  respect  to the Death  Benefit  payable  upon the death of a
     Participant,  any person  designated  by the  Participant  (actually  or by
     default) to receive any retirement  benefits which are payable with respect
     to the death of a Participant under the Pension Plan; and

          (b) with respect to the balance of a Participant's  Accounts as of the
     death of such Participant, each person designated by the Participant on his
     or her most recent  Enrollment  Election form approved by the Benefit Trust
     Committee;  provided that if a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary
     on an Enrollment Election form or if all such designated persons predecease
     the  Participant  without  the  Participant   completing  a  new,  approved
     Enrollment  Election form, then Beneficiary  means any person designated by
     the  Participant  (actually or by default) to receive the balance of any of
     his or her  accounts  which are payable  with  respect to the death of such
     Participant under the RSP.

     An  individual  who is entitled to receive a Death Benefit on and after the
death of a Participant will remain a Beneficiary until the latest of (a) receipt
of the  balance  of all of such  Accounts  to  which  he or she is  entitled  to
receive;  or (b)  receipt  of such  Beneficiary's  Death  Benefit,  if  any,  is
completed (or made in a single sum).

     I.6 "Benefit Trust Committee"  means the Benefit Trust Committee  appointed
pursuant  to the terms of the  Trust  which  will  have the power to manage  and
control the operation and administration of this Plan.

     I.7 "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or the
Parent.

     I.8  "Change  of  Control"  means an event  which  shall be  deemed to have
occurred if (i) there shall be consummated  (A) any  consolidation  or merger of
the  Parent,  if one exists,  or the  Company in which  either the Parent or the
Company,  respectively,  is not  the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation  or
pursuant to which  shares of the  Parent's  or the  Company's  common  stock are
converted into cash, securities or other property,  other than a merger in which
the  holders  of the  Parent's  or the  Company's  common  stock,  respectively,
immediately  prior to the  merger  have  substantially  the  same  proportionate
ownership of common stock of the  surviving  corporation  immediately  after the
merger, or (B) any sale,  lease,  exchange or other transfer (in one transaction
or in a series of related  transactions) of all or substantially  all the assets
of either  the Parent or the  Company,  or (ii) the  shareholders  of either the
Parent or the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for such  corporation's
liquidation  or  dissolution,  or (iii)  any  person  (as  such  term is used in
Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent,  Company
or its  subsidiaries,  or any employee  benefit plan sponsored by the Company or
its subsidiaries,  shall become the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of securities of either the Parent or the Company
representing  twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of
the  Parent's  or  the  Company's,  respectively,  then  outstanding  securities
ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing in special  circumstances) having the
right to vote in the election of directors,  as a result of a tender or exchange
offer, open market purchases,  privately negotiated  purchases or otherwise,  or
(iv) at any time during a period of two  consecutive  years,  individuals who at
the beginning of such period  constituted the Board of Directors shall cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election or the
nomination  for  election  by  the  Parent's  or  the  Company's   shareholders,
respectively, of each new director during such two-year period was approved by a
vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then  still in office  who were
directors at the beginning of such two-year period.

     I.9 "Company"  means  Pepsi-Cola  General  Bottlers,  Inc. or any successor
entity by operation of law or any successor  entity which  affirmatively  adopts
the Plan, the Trust and the  obligations of Pepsi-Cola  General  Bottlers,  Inc.
with respect to the Plan and the Trust.

     I.10 "Company  Stock" means common stock issued by the Parent,  or if none,
then by the Company.

     I.11 "Compensation" means

          (a) for purposes of Replacement  RSP Employee  Deferrals,  Replacement
     RSP  Employer  Deferrals  and Pay  Based  Deferrals  for any Plan  Year,  a
     Participant's  "Compensation",  as  defined  in the RSP  (disregarding  any
     provision having the effect of excluding Replacement RSP Employee Deferrals
     and MIC Deferrals), for a Plan Year to the Participant;

          (b) for purposes of RSP Employee Deferrals and RSP Employer Deferrals,
     a  Participant's  Compensation,  as  defined in the RSP  (disregarding  any
     provision  having the effect of excluding  RSP Employee  Deferrals),  for a
     Plan Year;

          (c) for purposes of MIC Deferrals,  a  Participant's  MIC Award (other
     than that  portion of the MIC Award  which is a  Replacement  RSP  Employee
     Deferral and  excluding  an amount  equal to the sum of (i) the  Employee's
     portion of taxes imposed by the Federal  Insurance  Contributions  Act with
     respect to the MIC Award,  with  respect to the  Replacement  RSP  Employer
     Deferrals  on the  portion  of the MIC  Award  which is a  Replacement  RSP
     Employee  Deferral,  and if needed,  with respect to the Retirement Benefit
     accrual,  for that  Plan  Year  plus,  if  needed,  (ii)  other  applicable
     withholding amounts); and

          (d) for purposes of computing the Retirement  Benefit, a Participant's
     "Compensation,"  as defined in the Pension Plan (disregarding any provision
     having the effect of excluding  RSP  Employee  Deferrals,  Replacement  RSP
     Employee Deferrals and MIC Deferrals),  for a Plan Year, as adjusted by the
     Benefit Trust Committee from Plan Year to Plan Year, and effective  January
     1, 1994,  Compensation  shall include a Participant's  MIC Award earned for
     services rendered during such Plan Year, but shall not include an MIC Award
     paid during the same Plan Year for services  rendered during the prior Plan
     Year.

     Notwithstanding  the above, the definition of "Compensation" in the RSP and
the Pension Plan shall not include the Compensation Limit.

     I.12 "Compensation Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors.

     I.13   "Compensation   Limit"  means  the   limitation  on  the  amount  of
Compensation   which  may  be  considered  after  application  of  Code  section
401(a)(17).

     I.14  "Contribution  Dollar  Limit" means the annual limit  imposed on each
Participant  pursuant  to section  402(g) of the Code,  which is seven  thousand
dollars  ($7,000)  per Plan  Year (as  indexed  for cost of  living  adjustments
pursuant to Code section 402(g)(5) and 415(d)).

     I.15 "Conversion Election" means, effective on or after January 1,
1994,  an  election,  on such form that may be  required  by the  Benefit  Trust
Committee,  by a Participant  to change the method of measuring  the  investment
return on all or some  specified  portion  of such  Participant's  Accounts.  No
Conversion  Election  shall be deemed to have been  given to the  Benefit  Trust
Committee  unless it is complete and delivered in accordance with the procedures
established by such Benefit Trust Committee for this purpose.

     I.16 "Death  Benefit" means a monthly (or single sum) benefit  payable to a
Beneficiary and determined in accordance with this Plan.

     I.17  "Deferrals"  means  amounts  posted to this Plan by the Company or an
Eligible Employee. Specific types of deferrals include:

          (a) "MIC". An amount posted after 1993 based upon the
         Participant's Deferral Election to defer some or all of his or her 
         Compensation.

          (b) "Pay Based". An amount posted and allocated on a pay based formula
     to an eligible Participant's Accounts.

          (c) "Replacement RSP Employee". An amount posted after 1993 based upon
     the   Participant's   Deferral  Election  to  defer  some  of  his  or  her
     Compensation.

          (d) "Replacement RSP Employer". An amount posted after 1993 based upon
     the Replacement RSP Employee Deferral made by the eligible Participant.

          (e) "RSP Employee".  An amount posted prior to 1994 on a pre-tax basis
     which the  Participant  could have elected if he or she were  participating
     actively in the RSP.

          (f) "RSP Employer".  An amount posted prior to January 1, 1994 related
     to pre-tax contributions which the Participant could not make to the RSP or
     which are made on behalf of Designated  Participants without regard to such
     pre-tax contributions.

     I.18 "Deferral Election" or "Election" means irrevocable  elections made by
a Participant (a) to reduce his or her Compensation for a Plan Year by an amount
equal to the product of his or her  Deferral  Percentage  and such  Compensation
subject to the Deferral Election;  (b) to select whether Deferrals for that Plan
Year will be paid in an Installment Form of Payment; and (c) to select a Payment
Date for the MIC Deferrals for that Plan Year.

     I.19 "Deferral Percentage" means (a) with respect to Replacement RSP
Employee  Deferrals,  the percentage of a Participant's  Compensation for a Plan
Year which is to be deferred  and posted to this Plan;  and (b) with  respect to
MIC Deferrals,  the percentage of a Participant's  Compensation  for a Plan Year
which is to be deferred and posted to this Plan.

     I.20 "Designated  Participant" means an individual on the list of Employees
set forth in an Appendix to the Pension  Plan as not being an eligible  employee
for the purpose of the Pension Plan.

     I.21  "Effective  Date" means  generally  January 1, 1991 and, where noted,
January 1, 1994, the dates upon which certain provisions of this document become
effective.

     I.22 "Eligible Employee" means with respect to each Plan Year:

          (a) with respect to the  Retirement  Benefit,  each  Employee who is a
     participant  in the Pension Plan or would be a  participant  in the Pension
     Plan if they were not a Designated Participant.

          (b) prior to 1994 with respect to Deferrals:

               (1) each Employee who is a  Participant  in the RSP for that Plan
          Year and whose pre-tax  contributions  which would otherwise have been
          made for that Plan  Year to the RSP are  limited  by the  Contribution
          Dollar Limit; or

               (2) each Employee who is a Designated  Participant  for that Plan
          Year.

          (c)  after  1993 with  respect  to  Deferrals,  each  Employee  who is
     participating in the Whitman Corporation  Management Incentive Compensation
     Plan during that Plan Year.

     I.23 "Employee" means any person who is considered to be an employee of the
Company  pursuant to the personnel  policies of the Company;  and on and after a
Change of Control, who renders services as a common law employee to the Company.

     I.24  "Enrollment   Election"  means   irrevocable   elections  made  by  a
Participant  (a) to select the term of his or her  Installment  Form of Payment;
(b) to select the Payment Date of his or her Accounts  following  Termination of
Employment;  and (c) to select the form of payment of his or her  Accounts as of
December 31, 1993.

     I.25 "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

     I.26 "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

     I.27  "Insider"  means  for a  Plan  Year,  or  any  portion  thereof,  the
Participant  is  subject  to the  reporting  requirements  of  Section 16 of the
Exchange Act.

     I.28 "Installment Form of Payment" means separately with respect to (a) his
or her  Accounts  (other  than  his or her  MIC  Account)  or (b) his or her MIC
Account,  the term of years selected by the Participant in his or her Enrollment
Election form over which to pay such Accounts in annual installments  commencing
as of what would  otherwise  have been the  Payment  Date of such  Accounts  and
payable on each January 1 thereafter  over a period of not less than two (2) nor
more than fifteen (15) years (stated as a number of whole  integers),  with each
installment  being an amount  equal to the amount  determined  by  dividing  the
applicable  balance of such  Accounts as of the date of payment by the number of
dates of payment remaining in the installment period (including the current date
of payment).

     I.29 "Internal  Revenue Code" or "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986,  as amended,  any  subsequent  Internal  Revenue  Code and final  Treasury
Regulations.  If there is a subsequent  Internal  Revenue Code,  any  references
herein to Internal  Revenue Code sections shall be deemed to refer to comparable
sections of any subsequent Internal Revenue Code.

     I.30 "Investment  Election" means,  effective on and after January 1, 1994,
an election,  on such form that may be required by the Benefit Trust  Committee,
made by a Participant to direct the method of measuring the investment return on
his or her Deferrals (other than MIC Deferrals). No Investment Election shall be
deemed to have been given to the Benefit Trust  Committee  unless it is complete
and  delivered in accordance  with the  procedures  established  by such Benefit
Trust Committee for this purpose.

     I.31  "Investment  Fund"  or  "Fund"  means  one or more of the  investment
alternatives  which are available under the RSP at any determination date unless
designated otherwise by the Benefit Trust Committee,  and which are used by this
Plan as a  measurement  of  investment  return on  Accounts  other  than the MIC
Account.

     I.32  "Investment  Grade Rating" means a rating either (a) at or above Baa3
by Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc. or (b) at or above BBB by Standard & Poor's
Corporation, or the prevailing equivalent ratings at the time.

     I.33 "Maximum Annual Additions  Limitation" means the limitation imposed by
Code section 415 on benefits  payable by defined  contribution  plans  qualified
under Code section 401(a).

     I.34 "Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation"  means the limitation  imposed by
Code section 415 on benefits  payable by defined benefit pension plans qualified
under Code sections 401(a) including application of the combination  limitations
of Code section 415(e) to cause a further reduction, if any, of such benefits.

     I.35 "MIC Award" means the amount of award payable to a  Participant  under
the Whitman Corporation Management Incentive Compensation Plan.

     I.36  "Notice  Date"  means  the  date  established  by the  Benefit  Trust
Committee  as the  deadline  for it to receive a Deferral  Election or any other
notification with respect to an  administrative  matter in order to be effective
under this Plan.

     I.37 "Parent"  means any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than any employee benefit plan sponsored by
the Parent or the  Company,  (i) having  directly  or  indirectly  a  beneficial
ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange  Act) of
securities of the Company representing  twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the
combined voting power of the Company's then  outstanding  securities  ordinarily
(and apart from rights  accruing in special  circumstances)  having the right to
vote in the election of directors; and (ii) with an Investment Grade Rating.

     I.38 "Participant"  means an Eligible Employee who begins to participate in
this Plan after  completing the  eligibility  requirements.  An individual  will
remain a Participant  until the latest of (a) distribution of the balance of all
of his or her Accounts; or (b) payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, if any,
is completed (or made in a single sum).

     I.39 "Payment Date" means:

          (a) with respect to Accounts,  the date payment is made in  accordance
     with Article X or the first day of the fifteenth  (15th) month  following a
     Participant's   Termination  of  Employment  unless  such  Participant  has
     selected  an  earlier  Payment  Date  for  (1)  his or her  Accounts  on an
     Enrollment  Election  form  or (2) his or her MIC  Accounts  on a  Deferral
     Election Form; or

          (b) the date a  Participant's  Retirement  Benefit is  distributed  or
     commences to be distributed as described in Article X.

     I.40 "Pension Plan" means the Pepsi-Cola  General  Bottlers,  Inc.  Pension
Plan for Salaried Employees and any Successor Plan.

     I.41  "Plan"  means  the  Pepsi-Cola   General  Bottlers,   Inc.  Executive
Retirement Plan, as it may be validly amended from time to time.

     I.42 "Plan Year" means the annual accounting period of this Plan which ends
on each December 31.

     I.43  "Retirement  Benefit" means a monthly (or single sum) pension benefit
payable to a Participant and determined in accordance with Article V.

     I.44 "RSP"  means the  Whitman  Corporation  Retirement  Savings  Plan,  as
amended from time to time and any Successor Plan.

     I.45 "Section  401(m)  Limitation"  means the limit imposed by Code section
401(m).

     I.46 "Settlement Date" means the date on which financial  transactions from
a Trade Date are considered to be settled which is deemed to be the same date as
of which such  transaction  would have settled under the RSP with respect to the
same  type  of  financial  transaction  (e.g.  Investment  Election,  Conversion
Election, Payment Date).

     I.47 "Spouse"  means a person who is considered  the  Participant's  spouse
under the RSP and Pension Plan, whichever is applicable.

     I.48 "Successor Plan" means a  tax-qualified,  retirement plan described in
section  401(a) of the Code into  which the  assets  and  liabilities  have been
merged or transferred in accordance  with section 414(l) of the Code and section
208 of ERISA from the Pension Plan or the RSP, respectively,  and which provides
benefits,  options, features and rights, each comparable in material respects to
those available in the Pension Plan or RSP, whichever is applicable.

     I.49 "Sweep Date" means the date established by the Benefit Trust Committee
as the  cutoff  date  and  time  for the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  to  receive
notification  with respect to a financial  transaction  in order to be processed
with respect to such Trade Date.

     I.50  "Termination  of  Employment"  occurs  when a person  ceases to be an
Employee  as  determined  by the  personnel  policies of the  Company;  provided
however,  transfer of employment from the Company,  or from one affiliate of the
Company,  to another affiliate of the Company shall not constitute a Termination
of  Employment  for  purposes  of this Plan.  If a person  would  cease to be an
Employee  because of a Change of  Control,  solely for the purpose of this Plan,
such person will not be considered to have incurred a Termination  of Employment
if the person's  successor  employer,  either  expressly or by operation of law,
assumes the Plan and Trust,  the  obligations  and  liabilities  of the Plan and
Trust,  and agrees to the  responsibilities  of the  Company  under the Plan and
Trust.

     I.51 "Trade  Date" means the date as of which a  financial  transaction  is
considered by this Plan to have occurred  which is deemed to be the same date as
of which such transaction  would have occurred under the RSP with respect to the
same  type  of  financial  transaction  (e.g.  Investment  Election,  Conversion
Election, Payment Date).

     I.52 "Trust" means the trust created by the  Pepsi-Cola  General  Bottlers,
Inc. Benefit Trust Agreement as it may be validly amended from time to time.

ARTICLE II
- ----------

                                  PARTICIPATION

     II.1 Eligibility. On or after the Effective Date:

          (a)  Participant on January 1, 1991.  Each person who has a balance in
     his or her Accounts, or who has accrued a Retirement Benefit, as of January
     1, 1991 shall be a Participant as of January 1, 1991.

          (b) Other Eligible Employee. Each other Eligible Employee shall become
     a  Participant  with respect to the Plan Year in which he or she becomes an
     Eligible Employee;  provided however, on or after January 1, 1994, a person
     who was an Employee  prior to becoming an Eligible  Employee shall become a
     Participant as of the first day of the Plan Year commencing on or after the
     date he or she became an Eligible Employee.

     II.2 Enrollment Election.

          (a)  Participant on January 1, 1994.  Each person who is a Participant
     on January 1, 1994 shall complete,  sign and return an Enrollment  Election
     form  provided  for that  purpose by the Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to the
     Benefit Trust Committee no later than the designated Notice Date.

          (b) Other Eligible  Employees.  Each person first eligible to become a
     Participant  shall  complete,  sign and return an Enrollment  Election form
     provided for that purpose by the Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to the Benefit
     Trust Committee no later than the designated Notice Date.

ARTICLE III
- -----------

                         PARTICIPANT DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     III.1 Employee  Deferral  Election.  Prior to the date payments of Accounts
are accelerated under Section 10.8, the following shall apply;  after such date,
no Deferral Elections will be effective.

          (a) For each Plan Year  commencing  on or after  January  1,  1994,  a
     Participant who is an Eligible Employee and who desires to have Replacement
     RSP  Employee  Deferrals  made on his or her  behalf  shall file a Deferral
     Election  pursuant to procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust  Committee
     specifying (1) his or her Deferral  Percentage of not less than two percent
     (2%) nor more than ten percent (10%) (stated as a whole integer percentage)
     and authorizing the Compensation otherwise payable to him or her for a Plan
     Year to be reduced and  deferred  hereunder to such  Participant's  Payment
     Date; and (2) whether or not the Replacement  RSP Employee  Account created
     with respect to such Plan Year will be distributed in the Installment  Form
     of Payment.

          (b) For each Plan Year  commencing  on or after  January  1,  1994,  a
     Participant  who is an  Eligible  Employee  and who  desires to have an MIC
     Deferral made on his or her behalf shall file a Deferral  Election pursuant
     to procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust Committee  specifying (1) his
     or her Deferral  Percentage  of not less than 5% nor more than 100% (stated
     as a whole integer  percentage)  and  authorizing  his or her  Compensation
     payable for a Plan Year to be reduced  and  deferred  hereunder  to a fixed
     Payment  Date not  earlier  than two (2) full Plan Years after the date the
     Deferral  Election  is received by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee;  and (2)
     whether or not the MIC Account  created with respect to such Plan Year will
     be distributed in the Installment Form of Payment.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  Subsection  (a)  hereof,  for any Plan  Year the
     Benefit Trust Committee may, without amending this Plan, determine that the
     maximum Deferral Percentage shall be greater or lesser than the percentages
     set  forth in  Subsection  (a)  hereof.  Otherwise,  the  maximum  Deferral
     Percentage as provided in Subsection (a) hereof shall apply.

          (d) Any Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral Election which has not been
     properly  completed,  or which is submitted at a time when the  Participant
     does not have outstanding a properly completed Investment Election, will be
     deemed not to have been  received  and be void.  A  Participant's  Deferral
     Election shall be effective only if received by the Benefit Trust Committee
     on or before the Notice Date for a Plan Year.

     III.2  Election  Procedures.  If properly  received  by the  Benefit  Trust
Committee,   a  Deferral   Election  may  be  effective  only  with  respect  to
Compensation paid in a Plan Year to which the Deferral Election applies and only
with  respect  to  Compensation  paid  after the  Notice  Date for the  Deferral
Election.  Consistent with the above,  the Benefit Trust Committee may establish
rules and procedures  governing  when a Deferral  Election will be effective and
what Compensation will be deferred by the Deferral Election; provided such rules
and  procedures  are not more  permissive  than the terms and provisions of this
Plan.

     III.3  Coordination  with RSP.  Notwithstanding  a  Participant's  Deferral
Election,  if a Participant  makes a "401(k)  Hardship"  withdrawal from the RSP
during a Plan Year, the "401(k) Hardship" withdrawal rules of the RSP, which are
intended to be applicable to this Plan, are incorporated by reference herein and
made a part hereof, but only to the extent required by Treas. Reg.  '1.401(k)-1,
in order for the RSP to be a qualified cash or deferred arrangement.

ARTICLE IV
- ----------

                             DEFERRALS AND POSTINGS

     IV.1 Replacement RSP Employer Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  For each period after 1993 for which a
     Participant  makes a Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral,  the Company shall
     post to this Plan on behalf of such Participant an Replacement RSP Employer
     Deferral  as  described  in the  following  Posting and  Allocation  Method
     paragraph.

          (b)  Posting and  Allocation  Method.  The  Replacement  RSP  Employer
     Deferral  for each period  shall total one hundred  percent  (100%) of each
     eligible  Participant's  Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral for the period,
     provided that no Replacement RSP Employer Deferral shall be made based upon
     a Participant's  Replacement RSP Employee Deferral in excess of six percent
     (6%) of his or her  Compensation.  The  Replacement  RSP Employer  Deferral
     shall be posted to the Replacement RSP Employer Account of such Participant
     as of the same date the Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral which it matches
     is posted.

     IV.2 MIC Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.  For each period after 1993 for which a
     Deferral  Election  is in effect,  the  Company  shall post to this Plan on
     behalf of each Participant an amount equal to the amount  designated by the
     Participant as an MIC Deferral on his or her Deferral Election.

          (b)  Posting.  The MIC  Deferral  shall be posted to the MIC  Deferral
     Account  of such  Participant  as of the  date his or her MIC  Award  would
     otherwise have been paid to the Participant.
    
     IV.3 Pay Based Deferral.

          (a) Frequency  and  Eligibility.  For each Plan Year,  the Company may
     make a Pay Based Deferral in an amount  determined by the Company on behalf
     of  each  Participant  who is an  Eligible  Employee  and  who  would  have
     qualified  for a similar  deferral in the RSP had such person been eligible
     to  participate  in the RSP and in an amount  determined in the Posting and
     Allocation Method paragraph.

          (b) Posting and  Allocation  Method.  The Pay Based  Deferral for each
     period  shall be  posted as of the date  determined  by the  Benefit  Trust
     Committee  (but not later than the tax filing  deadline  for the  Company's
     federal  income tax return for the Plan Year with  respect to which the Pay
     Based Deferral relates,  including  extensions) to the Pay Based Account of
     each of the  Participants  for the Plan Year in direct  proportion to their
     Compensation.

     IV.4 Replacement RSP Employee Deferral.

          (a)  Frequency and  Eligibility.  For each period for which a Deferral
     Election  is in effect,  the  Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of
     each  Participant  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount   designated  by  the
     Participant as an Replacement RSP Employee  Deferral on his or her Deferral
     Election.

          (b) Posting.  The Replacement RSP Employee Deferral shall be posted to
     the  Replacement  RSP Employee  Account of such  Participant as of the date
     such Compensation amount would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.

     IV.5 RSP Employer Deferral.

          (a) Frequency and Eligibility.

               (1) Pre-1991. Amounts posted to a Participant's Accounts for each
          Plan Year prior to 1991 are determined  under the terms and provisions
          of this Plan as it existed during any such Plan Year.

               (2)  Post-1990  and  Pre-1994.  For each Plan Year after 1990 and
          prior to 1994,  the Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of each
          Participant  whose pre-tax  contribution to the RSP was limited by the
          Contribution  Dollar  Limit  for  that  Plan  Year,  and  who is not a
          Designated Participant for that Plan Year, an RSP Employer Deferral as
          described in (b)(2) of the  following  Posting and  Allocation  Method
          paragraph.

               (3)  Designated  Participant.  For each Plan Year  after 1990 and
          prior to 1994,  the Company  shall post to this Plan on behalf of each
          Participant  who is a Designated  Participant and an Employee for that
          Plan Year,  an RSP  Employer  Deferral as  described  in (b)(3) of the
          following Allocation Method paragraph.

          (b) Posting and Allocation Method.

               (1) Pre-1991. RSP Employer Deferrals for Plan Years prior to 1991
          shall be posted as of January 1, 1991, to the RSP Employer Account.

               (2) Post-1990 and  Pre-1994.  The RSP Employer  Deferral for each
          Plan Year after 1990 and prior to 1994 shall be an amount equal to (A)
          minus (B) where:

                    (A) is equal to the amount of  matching  contribution  which
               would  have been  made to the RSP for the Plan Year  based on the
               assumptions   that  (i)  the   Participant   has   made   pre-tax
               contributions  to the RSP at the rate of six percent  (6%) of his
               or her  compensation as defined in the RSP, without regard to the
               Maximum Annual  Additions  Limitation,  the  Contribution  Dollar
               Limit and the Compensation Limit; and (ii) matching contributions
               to the RSP were made with respect to such  amounts in  accordance
               with the terms of the RSP without  regard to the  Maximum  Annual
               Additions Limitation and the Section 401(m) Limitation; and 
 
                    (B) is equal to the actual  amount of matching  contribution
               made on behalf of the Participant to the RSP for the Plan Year.

               The RSP Employer  Deferral  after 1990 shall be posted to the RSP
          Employer  Account  as of the same  date it would  have  been made as a
          matching  contribution to the RSP, if it could have been made (or as a
          pay  based  contribution  to the RSP in 1991,  if it could  have  been
          made).

               (3) Designated  Participant.  The RSP Employer  Deferral for each
          Plan Year after 1990 and prior to 1994 shall be an amount equal to six
          percent (6%) of the Participant's Compensation,  without regard to the
          Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation.  For the 1991 Plan Year, an amount
          shall be posted equal to 2% of such  Participant's  Compensation.  The
          RSP Employer  Deferral  after 1990 shall be posted to the RSP Employer
          Account  as of the same date it would  have  been  made as a  matching
          contribution to the RSP, if it could have been made (or as a pay based
          contribution to the RSP in 1991, if it could have been made).

     IV.6 RSP Employee Deferral.

          (a)  Frequency  and  Eligibility.  Amounts  posted to a  Participant's
     Accounts  for each Plan Year prior to 1994 are  determined  under the terms
     and provisions of this Plan as it existed during any such Plan Year.

          (b) Allocation  Method. RSP Employee Deferrals for Plan Years prior to
     1994 shall be posted to the RSP  Employee  Account in  accordance  with the
     terms of the Plan at that time.

ARTICLE V
- ---------

                      EXCESS RETIREMENT AND DEATH BENEFITS

     V.1 Amount of Pension  Benefits.  Effective on and after January 1, 1994, a
Retirement  Benefit will be paid under this Plan, only as provided in Article X,
to a  Participant  in an annual  amount  payable  monthly equal to the amount by
which (a) exceeds (b):

          (a) The amount of the annual retirement benefit payable in the form of
     a single life annuity the  Participant  would have been entitled to receive
     under  the  Pension  Plan (1) had the  Pension  Plan  (and any  other  plan
     referenced  by the Pension Plan for the purpose of  determining  an "Offset
     Benefit"  as defined in the Pension  Plan) not  applied the Maximum  Annual
     Benefit  Limitation in determining  benefits payable from the Pension Plan;
     and (2) had the  Participant  not been  excluded  from  being an  "Eligible
     Employee" by being listed on an Appendix to the Pension Plan (and any other
     plan  referenced  by the  Pension  Plan for the purpose of  determining  an
     "Offset  Benefit" as defined in the  Pension  Plan).  For  purposes of this
     Section 5.1(a), the compensation used for determining  retirement  benefits
     payable from the Pension Plan (and any other plan referenced by the Pension
     Plan for the purpose of determining  an "Offset  Benefit" as defined in the
     Pension  Plan) shall mean  Compensation  as defined in this Plan for a Plan
     Year.

          (b) The Actuarial  Equivalent  of the amount of the annual  retirement
     benefit  payable monthly which the Participant is entitled to receive under
     the Pension  Plan if it were to commence on the Payment Date and to be paid
     in the form elected by such  Participant  under the Pension Plan, or if the
     Participant  has not made such an election under the Pension Plan,  then in
     the form of either a joint and 100% contingent  annuity,  if married,  or a
     single life annuity, if not married.

     V.2 Amount of Death Benefit. Effective on and after January 1, 1994, a
Death Benefit will be paid under this Plan, only as provided in Article X, to a 
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant in an annual amount payable monthly equal 
to the amount by which (a) exceeds (b):

          (a) The amount of the annual  death  benefit  payable in the form of a
     single life annuity the  Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant  would have
     been  entitled to receive  under the Pension  Plan (1) had the Pension Plan
     not applied the Maximum Annual Benefit  Limitation in determining  benefits
     payable  from  the  Pension  Plan;  and (2) had the  Participant  not  been
     excluded  from being an "Eligible  Employee" by being listed on an Appendix
     to the Pension Plan. For purposes of this Section 5.3(a),  the compensation
     used for  determining  death  benefits  payable from the Pension Plan means
     Compensation as defined in this Plan for a Plan Year.

          (b) The Actuarial Equivalent of the amount of the annual death benefit
     payable monthly which the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant is entitled
     to receive  under the Pension  Plan if it were to commence on the same date
     as the Death  Benefit  under this Plan and to be paid in the form of single
     life annuity.

     V.3 Pre-1994  Benefits.  Any  Retirement  Benefit  accrued by a Participant
prior to 1994, who is never an Eligible Employee after 1993, shall be determined
and paid solely under the terms of this Plan as it existed prior to 1991.
 
ARTICLE VI
- -----------

                          ACCOUNTING FOR PARTICIPANTS'
                        ACCOUNTS AND FOR INVESTMENT FUNDS

     VI.1 Individual Participant Accounting.

          (a) Account  Maintenance.  The Benefit Trust Committee shall cause the
     Accounts for each  Participant to reflect  transactions  involving  amounts
     posted  to the  Accounts  and the  measurement  of  investment  returns  on
     Accounts in accordance  with this Plan.  Investment  returns during or with
     respect to an Accounting  Period shall be accounted  for at the  individual
     account level by "posting" such returns to each of the appropriate Accounts
     of each affected Participant. Account values shall be maintained in shares,
     units or dollars.

          (b) Trade Date  Accounting  and  Investment  Cycle.  For any financial
     transaction  involving a change in the  measurement of investment  returns,
     withdrawals  or  distributions  to be  processed  as of a Trade  Date,  the
     Benefit Trust  Committee  must receive  instructions  by the Sweep Date and
     such instructions  shall apply only to amounts posted to the Accounts as of
     the Trade Date. Such financial  transactions in an Investment Fund shall be
     posted to a Participant's  Accounts as of the Trade Date and based upon the
     Trade  Date  values.  All  such  transactions  shall  be  effected  on  the
     Settlement Date (or as soon as is  administratively  feasible)  relating to
     the Trade Date as of which the transaction occurs.

          (c) Suspension of  Transactions.  Whenever the Benefit Trust Committee
     considers such action to be appropriate,  the Benefit Trust  Committee,  in
     its discretion, may suspend from time to time the Trade Date.
   
          (d) Error  Correction.  The Benefit  Trust  Committee  may correct any
     errors or  omissions  in the  administration  of this Plan by  restoring or
     charging any Participant's  Accounts with the amount that would be credited
     or charged to the Accounts had no error or omission been made.

     VI.2  Accounting  for  Investment  Funds.  The  investment  returns of each
Investment Fund shall be tracked in the same manner as such Investment Funds are
tracked under the RSP. Investment income,  earnings,  and losses charged against
the Accounts shall be based solely upon the actual  performance (net of expenses
and  charges  allowed  under  the RSP) of each of the  Investment  Funds for the
period of time all or some portion of each of the  Accounts has been  designated
to use such Investment Fund as a measurement of investment  returns. A change of
measurement of returns from one Investment Fund to another, or a distribution or
withdrawal,  shall be  determined as of the same dates and in the same manner as
if  amounts  posted  in  Accounts  were  actually  invested  in the RSP and such
financial transactions were being implemented in the RSP.

ARTICLE VII
- -----------

                         INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS

     VII.1  General.  Prior to  January  1,  1994,  a  Participant's  Investment
Election  and  Conversion  Election  (except as  provided  in Section  7.4) with
respect to this Plan were deemed to be identical to each  comparable  investment
direction made by the Participant under the RSP. Effective January 1, 1994, this
Plan will no longer use a  Participant's  RSP investment  directions,  and other
than as provided in Section 7.5, a separate  Investment  Election and Conversion
Election  must be made with  respect to the  Deferrals  and  Accounts;  provided
however,  if no Investment  Election or  Conversion  Election is received from a
Participant on or after January 1, 1994, such Participant will be deemed to have
submitted a Conversion  Election,  effective January 1, 1994 with respect to his
or her Accounts as of December 31, 1993,  which  designates a percentage of such
Accounts to have its investment  returns measured by an Investment Fund which is
the same  percentage and investment  fund in the RSP that such  Participant  had
previously  been deemed to have  designated  prior to January 1, 1994,  with the
exception that any amounts  designated to measure the investment  returns of the
Windsor Fund shall instead use the Large Company Fund.

     VII.2 Investment of Deferrals.

          (a) Investment Election. Each Participant may direct, by submission to
     the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  of a  completed  Investment  Election  form
     provided  for that  purpose by the  Benefit  Trust  Committee,  to select a
     measurement of investment  returns for Deferrals (other than MIC Deferrals)
     posted  to  his  or  her  Accounts   (and  the  portion  of  such  Accounts
     attributable  to such  Deferrals)  in one or more  Investment  Funds.  Each
     Investment  Election shall apply  proportionately  to all Deferrals  (other
     than MIC Deferrals) based upon the relative amount of each.

          (b)  Effective  Date of  Investment  Election;  Change  of  Investment
     Election.  A Participant's  initial  Investment  Election will be effective
     with respect to a Fund on the Trade Date which relates to the Sweep Date on
     which or prior to which the  Investment  Election is  received  pursuant to
     procedures  specified  by  the  Benefit  Trust  Committee.  Any  Investment
     Election  which has not been properly  completed will be deemed not to have
     been  received.  A  Participant's  Investment  Election  shall  continue in
     effect, notwithstanding any change in his or her Compensation or his or her
     Deferral Percentage, until the effective date of a new Investment Election.
     A change in Investment  Election  shall be effective with respect to a Fund
     on the Trade  Date  which  relates  to the Sweep  Date on which or prior to
     which the Benefit Trust Committee receives the Participant's new Investment
     Election.

     VII.3 Investment of Accounts.

          (a) Conversion  Election.  Notwithstanding a Participant's  Investment
     Election,  a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  may  direct the  Benefit  Trust
     Committee,  by submission of a completed  Conversion Election form provided
     for that purpose to the Benefit Trust Committee,  to change the measurement
     of investment  returns of his or her Accounts  (other than the MIC Deferral
     Account).  Each  Conversion  Election  shall apply  proportionately  to all
     affected Accounts based upon the relative balance of each.

          (b) Effective Date of Conversion  Election.  A Conversion  Election to
     change a  Participant's  measurement  of  investment  returns of his or her
     Accounts in one  Investment  Fund to another Fund shall be  effective  with
     respect  to such  Funds on and after the Trade  Date  which  relates to the
     Sweep Date on which or prior to which the Election is received  pursuant to
     procedures  specified by the Benefit Trust Committee.  Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing,  to the extent required by any provisions of an Investment Fund,
     the effective date of any Conversion  Election may be delayed or the amount
     of any  permissible  Conversion  Election  may be reduced.  Any  Investment
     Election  which has not been properly  completed will be deemed not to have
     been received.

     VII.4 Insiders.

     Prior to January 1, 1994, and as of the later of May 5, 1992 or the date on
which such  Participant  becomes an Insider (as  determined by the Benefit Trust
Committee) ("Transfer Date"):

          (a) The measurement of investment returns for an RSP Employer Deferral
     hereunder shall initially be assumed to be the same as the Investment Funds
     in which the Insider's pre-tax  contributions are initially invested in the
     RSP;  and if the Insider does not make  pre-tax  contributions  to the RSP,
     then it  shall  be  assumed  to be that of the  Investment  Fund  primarily
     invested in Company Stock.

          (b) Each Insider's change in investment directions under the RSP shall
     be disregarded for purposes of this Plan:

               (1) if such  change  would  cause any  portion  of the  Insider's
          Deferral  or Accounts to use the Fund  invested  primarily  in Company
          Stock as a measurement of investment return; or

               (2) if such  change is not in amounts  and  effective  as of such
          dates as are determined by the Benefit Trust  Committee under a set of
          rules applicable to all Insiders.

     VII.5 Investment Returns on MIC Deferrals.  All MIC Deferral Accounts shall
have interest as a measurement of investment return. The rate of interest deemed
to be earned on such  Accounts on any day during a 6-month  period  shall be the
stated prime rate of interest charged by Bank of America,  Illinois, N.A. on the
first business day in January or July of such period.

     VII.6 Restrictions on Measurement.  The following  additional  restrictions
shall apply to the  measurement  of investment  return of Deferrals and Accounts
other than those described in Section 7.5:

          (a) Effective  after January 1, 1994, no Investment  Election shall be
     permitted which results in a measurement of investment return for Deferrals
     to be an  Investment  Fund  invested  primarily  in  Company  Stock  and no
     Conversion  Election  shall be permitted  which results in a measurement of
     investment  return for Accounts into or out of an Investment  Fund invested
     primarily in Company Stock;

          (b) Any limitations,  conditions or restrictions  which may be imposed
     by the Benefit Trust Committee; and

          (c) Any limitation, condition or restriction which is imposed
         on the measurement of investment returns in or the liquidation of funds
         out of any Investment Fund in the RSP.

     VII.7 Procedures.  The procedures,  frequency and time deadlines for making
an  Investment  Election  or  Conversion  Election  shall  be  the  same  as the
applicable  procedures,  frequency and time deadlines in the RSP,  except to the
extent provided otherwise in this Plan or by the Benefit Trust Committee.

ARTICLE VIII
- -------------

                             VESTING AND FORFEITURES

     VIII.1 Fully Vested Deferral Accounts.

     A Participant shall be fully vested and have a nonforfeitable  right to his
or her Accounts at all times.

ARTICLE IX
- -----------

                                   WITHDRAWALS

     IX.1 Withdrawals for Hardship.

          (a)  Requirements.  A  Participant  may request the  withdrawal of any
     amount  from the  portion  of his or her  Accounts  (not in  excess  of the
     balance of such  Accounts)  needed to satisfy a financial  need by making a
     withdrawal  request  in  accordance  with a  procedure  established  by the
     Benefit  Trust  Committee.  A financial  need for this purpose is a severe,
     unanticipated hardship, the occurrence of which is beyond the Participant's
     control  and for which  the  amount  needed  to  satisfy  the  hardship  is
     determined  only after the  Participant  has used other  readily  available
     funds or resources (other than this Plan and the RSP).

          (b) Account Sources for Withdrawal.  The withdrawal  amount shall come
     only from the following Accounts, in the following priority order:

                                  RSP Employee Account
                                  RSP Employer Account
                                  Replacement RSP Employer Account
                                  Replacement RSP Employee Account
                                  Pay Based Account
                                  MIC Deferral Account

     IX.2 Withdrawal Processing.

          (a)  Minimum  Amount.  There  is no  minimum  payment  for any type of
     withdrawal.

          (b) Application by Participant. A Participant must submit a withdrawal
     request,  in accordance  with a procedure  established by the Benefit Trust
     Committee,  to the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  to  apply  for  any  type of
     withdrawal.
                        
          (c) Approval by Benefit Trust  Committee.  The Benefit Trust Committee
     is responsible for determining  that a withdrawal  request  conforms to the
     requirements  described  in this Section and  notifying  the Company of any
     payments to be made in a timely manner. Any request to make a withdrawal by
     a  member  of  the  Benefit  Trust   Committee  may  be  approved  only  by
     disinterested  members of the  Benefit  Trust  Committee,  or if none,  the
     Compensation Committee.

          (d) Time of  Processing.  The Company  shall  process  all  withdrawal
     requests  which it receives  by a Sweep Date,  based on the value as of the
     Trade Date to which it relates,  and fund them on the next Settlement Date.
     The Company shall then make payment to the  Participant as soon  thereafter
     as is  administratively  feasible;  provided however,  if such payment will
     result in any  portion of the  payment  (or any other  amount  paid to such
     Participant  during the same Plan Year) not being  deductible  by reason of
     Code section  162(m),  the  Compensation  Committee  may defer payment to a
     later Payment Date designated by it.

          (e) Medium and Form of Payment.  The medium of payment for withdrawals
     is cash. The form of payment for withdrawals shall be a single installment.

          (f)  Investment  Fund Sources.  Within each Account used for funding a
     withdrawal,  amounts  shall be taken by type of investment  measurement  in
     direct  proportion  to the  value  of the  Participant's  Accounts  in each
     Investment Fund at the time the withdrawal is made.
    
ARTICLE X
- ----------

                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

     Benefits  payable  under  this  Plan  shall  be paid in the  form  and time
prescribed below.

     X.1 Retirement  Benefit.  A Participant who has a  nonforfeitable  right to
receive  a   retirement   benefit  from  the  Pension  Plan  (or  would  have  a
nonforfeitable  right if such  Participant  were eligible to  participate in the
Pension  Plan) shall receive a Retirement  Benefit (less any amounts  previously
paid  to  the  Participant  under  Section  10.7)  in  the  following  Actuarial
Equivalent form of payment and as of the following Payment Date:

          (a) Form of Payment.  The  Participant  may elect a form of payment of
     the Retirement  Benefit in the same manner and form as permitted  under the
     Pension Plan (other than the Social Security  Leveling  Option) without the
     necessity  of spousal  consent;  provided,  however,  (1) the  Compensation
     Committee  in  its  discretion,  or (2)  such  Participant  by  irrevocably
     electing in writing on a form  delivered to the Benefit Trust  Committee on
     or  prior  to his or her  Termination  of  Employment,  and if a  voluntary
     Termination  of  Employment  by  delivering  such form to the Benefit Trust
     Committee  at least six (6) months prior to the Payment  Date,  may convert
     the Retirement Benefit payable under this Plan into an Actuarial Equivalent
     single sum form of payment.

          (b) Time of Payment.  The Payment Date of a  Participant's  Retirement
     Benefit  shall  be  the  earliest  date  on  or  after  the   Participant's
     Termination  of  Employment  as of which  he or she  could  have  commenced
     payment of his or her retirement  benefits from the Pension Plan;  provided
     however,  if payment is made in a single sum and will result in any portion
     of the payment (or any other  amount  paid to such  Participant  during the
     same Plan Year) not being deductible by reason of Code section 162(m),  the
     Benefit Trust  Committee  may defer such  Actuarial  Equivalent  single sum
     payment to a later Payment Date designated by it.

     X.2 Pension Death Benefit.

          (a) Form of Payment. The Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary of a
     Participant  who is  entitled  to a  Retirement  Benefit  (less any amounts
     previously paid to the  Participant  under Section 10.7) and who dies on or
     after  his  or her  Payment  Date  shall  be in the  form  selected  by the
     Participant  commencing as of such Payment Date. Where a Participant who is
     entitled to a Retirement  Benefit (less any amounts  previously paid to the
     Participant under Section 10.7) dies prior to his Payment Date, the form of
     payment of his or her Beneficiary's  Death Benefit shall be the same as the
     form of  payment  of any death  benefit  payable  under the  Pension  Plan;
     provided  however,  the Compensation  Committee in its discretion,  or such
     Participant by electing in writing on a form delivered to the Benefit Trust
     Committee  prior to his or her Payment Date,  may convert the Death Benefit
     payable  under this Plan into an  Actuarial  Equivalent  single sum form of
     payment.

          (b) Time of Payment.  A Beneficiary's  Death Benefit shall commence to
     be paid as of the earliest date as of which he or she could have  commenced
     payment of a death  benefit from the Pension  Plan;  provided  however,  if
     payment  is made in a single  sum and will  result  in any  portion  of the
     payment (or any other amount paid to such Beneficiary  during the same Plan
     Year) not being  deductible by reason of Code section  162(m),  the Benefit
     Trust Committee may defer such Actuarial Equivalent single sum payment to a
     later Payment Date designated by it.

     X.3 Accounts.

          (a)  Form  of  Payment.  The  form  of  payment  of the  balance  of a
     Participant's  Accounts  (other  than his or her MIC  Account for each Plan
     Year) will be a single sum payment  except with  respect to those  Accounts
     for which the Participant  has selected the Installment  Form of Payment on
     his or her Deferral Election Form, in which case such Accounts will be paid
     in the Installment Form of Payment.

          (b)  Time  of  Payment.   The  Payment   Date  of  the  balance  of  a
     Participant's  Accounts  (other than his or her MIC  Account)  shall be the
     Payment  Date  following   Termination   of  Employment   selected  by  the
     Participant on his or her Enrollment  Election form;  provided however,  if
     such payment will result in any portion of the payment (or any other amount
     paid to such Participant during the same Plan Year) not being deductible by
     reason of Code  section  162(m),  the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  may defer
     payment to a later Payment Date  designated  by it and such Accounts  shall
     continue to have investment returns measured under this Plan.

     X.4 MIC Account.

          (a)  Form  of  Payment.  The  form  of  payment  of the  balance  of a
     Participant's  MIC  Account for each Plan Year will be a single sum payment
     except with  respect to those MIC Accounts  for which the  Participant  has
     selected the  Installment  Form of Payment on his or her Deferral  Election
     Form, in which case such MIC Accounts will be paid in the Installment  Form
     of Payment.

          (b)  Time  of  Payment.   The  Payment   Date  of  the  balance  of  a
     Participant's  MIC  Account  for each Plan Year shall be the earlier of the
     fixed Payment Date  selected by the  Participant  on the Deferral  Election
     Form for the Plan Year or the  Payment  Date  following  a  Termination  of
     Employment  selected  in his  or her  Enrollment  Election  form;  provided
     however,  if payment is made in a single sum and will result in any portion
     of the payment (or any other  amount  paid to such  Participant  during the
     same Plan Year) not being deductible by reason of Code section 162(m),  the
     Benefit  Trust  Committee  may  defer  payment  to  a  later  Payment  Date
     designated  by it and  such  Accounts  shall  continue  to have  investment
     returns measured under this Plan.

     X.5  Death  Benefit  of  Accounts.  Upon the  death of a  Participant,  the
remaining  balance  in his or her  Accounts  shall be paid to the  Participant's
Beneficiary  in a single  sum as soon as  administratively  possible  after  the
Participant's  death;  provided  however,  if such  payment  will  result in any
portion of the payment (or any other amount paid to such Beneficiary  during the
same Plan  Year) not being  deductible  by reason of Code  section  162(m),  the
Benefit Trust  Committee may defer payment to a later Payment Date designated by
it and such Accounts shall continue to have  investment  returns  measured under
this Plan.

     X.6 Prior to 1994. The timing and form of payment of a Retirement  Benefit,
Death  Benefit  and  balance  of  Accounts  with  respect  to a  Participant  or
Beneficiary as of any date of determination prior to 1994 shall be determined by
the terms and provisions of this Plan as of such date.

     X.7 Payments of Retirement  and Death  Benefit Due to an  Investment  Grade
Rating Change.  Notwithstanding Sections 10.1, 10.2 or 10.6, the following shall
apply:

          (a) Retirement Benefit.  If, prior to a Change of Control or more than
     three (3) years  after a Change of  Control,  either (1) the Company or (2)
     the Parent is rated below an Investment  Grade  Rating,  then on such date,
     and on each  December  31 after such date and prior to the date the Company
     and the Parent both have an Investment  Grade Rating,  a single sum payment
     shall be made  immediately  to such  Participant of the amount by which the
     Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds the sum of (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit  from  the  Pension  Plan,  (B)  the   Participant   incurs  a
          Termination  of  Employment as of the date of  determination,  and (C)
          benefits  payable  from  the  Pension  Plan  would  commence  upon the
          earliest  payment  date  allowed  under the Pension  Plan  immediately
          following such Termination of Employment.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same assumptions as those in Section 10.7(a)(1).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of amounts paid to such Participant
          based  on any  prior  determination  date  pursuant  to  this  Section
          10.7(a).

          (b)  Retirement  Benefit  After  Payment Date. On or after the Payment
     Date of a Participant's  Retirement  Benefit,  if either (1) the Company or
     (2) the Parent is rated below an Investment Grade Rating, then an Actuarial
     Equivalent  single sum payment of such unpaid  Retirement  Benefit shall be
     made immediately to such Participant.

          (c) Death  Benefit.  If either  (1) the  Company  or (2) the Parent is
     rated  below  an  Investment  Grade  Rating,  then  a  Beneficiary  who  is
     receiving,  or would as of such date  otherwise  be eligible to commence to
     receive a Death Benefit shall be paid  immediately an Actuarial  Equivalent
     single sum payment of such unpaid Death Benefit.

     X.8  Payment  of  Accounts  Due  to  an  Investment  Grade  Rating  Change.
Notwithstanding  Sections  10.3,  10.4 or 10.5, if either (1) the Company or (2)
the Parent is rated below an Investment Grade Rating, then the balance of his or
her Accounts shall be paid immediately in a single sum to such Participant as if
such  Participant  had incurred a Termination  of Employment as of such date the
rating drops below an Investment Grade Rating.

     X.9 Payment of Retirement and Death Benefits Due to a Change of Control. On
and after a Change of Control and  notwithstanding  Sections 10.1, 10.2 or 10.6,
the following shall apply:

          (a)  Termination  of Employment.  Upon  Termination of Employment of a
     Participant  within three (3) years following a Change of Control, a single
     sum payment shall be made  immediately to such Participant of the amount by
     which the Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit from the Pension Plan, (B) the Participant's  early retirement
          benefit  under  the  Pension  Plan is  determined  using  the Table of
          reduction  factors that would have been available to such  Participant
          had he or she not incurred a Termination of Employment until the third
          (3rd)  anniversary  of the Change of  Control  date and based upon the
          Participant's  age as of the Payment  Date,  and (C) benefits  payable
          from the Pension Plan would  commence  upon the earliest  payment date
          allowed under the Pension Plan.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same assumptions as those in Section  10.9(a)(1)
          except (A).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of any amounts  previously  paid to
          the Participant under Section 10.7.

          (b) Investment  Grade Rating Within Three Years.  If, within three (3)
     years  following  a Change of  Control,  either (1) the  Company or (2) the
     Parent,  if any, is rated below an Investment  Grade Rating,  then a single
     sum payment  shall be made  immediately  to such  Participant  of an amount
     determined in Section 10.9(a) hereof as if such  Participant had incurred a
     Termination  of  Employment  as of such  date  the  rating  drops  below an
     Investment Grade Rating.

     X.10 Payment of Accounts Due to a Change of Control.  On and after a Change
of Control and  notwithstanding  Sections 10.3,  10.4 or 10.5, in the event of a
Participant's  Termination  of  Employment  within  three (3) years  following a
Change of Control, the balances of his or her Accounts shall be paid immediately
in a single sum.

ARTICLE XI
- ----------

                                    AMENDMENT

     XI.1 Prior to a Change of Control.  The Company reserves the right to amend
this Plan from time to time by action of the Board of Directors, but without the
written consent of each  Participant and Beneficiary of a deceased  Participant,
no such action may reduce or relieve the Company of any obligation  with respect
to any  Retirement  Benefit  (or Death  Benefit)  accrued or balance of Accounts
maintained  under this Plan by such  Participant (or Beneficiary) as of the date
of such  amendment,  except to the extent such  amendment is required by written
opinion  of  counsel  to  the  Company  to  avoid  recognition  of  income  by a
Participant or Beneficiary subject to federal income taxation.

     XI.2 After a Change of  Control.  This Plan may not be amended  following a
Change of Control.

ARTICLE XII
- -----------
                                   TERMINATION

     The  Company,  by action of the Board of  Directors,  reserves the right to
terminate  this  Plan,  provided  the  Company  pays  to  each  Participant  and
Beneficiary,  on such date of termination of this Plan, the Actuarial Equivalent
single  sum  value  of  a  Participant's  unpaid  Retirement  Benefit  (or  of a
Beneficiary's  unpaid Death Benefit) and the balance of Accounts  maintained for
such  Participant (or for a Beneficiary) as of the date of termination  shall be
paid as soon as administratively possible;  provided however, for this purpose a
Participant's  Retirement  Benefit  shall be equal to the  amount  by which  the
Actuarial Equivalent of (1) exceeds (2) plus (3):

               (1) the  amount  determined  in  Section  5.1(a)  based  upon the
          assumption that (A) the Participant has a nonforfeitable  right to his
          benefit from the Pension Plan, (B) the Participant's  early retirement
          benefit  under  the  Pension  Plan is  determined  using  the Table of
          reduction  factors that would have been available to such  Participant
          had he or she not incurred a Termination  of Employment  until the day
          preceding his or her  sixty-fifth  (65th)  birthday and based upon the
          Participant's  age as of the Payment  Date,  and (C) benefits  payable
          from the Pension Plan would  commence  upon the earliest  payment date
          allowed under the Pension Plan.

               (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount determined in Section
          5.1(b) based upon the same  assumptions as those in subsection  (a)(1)
          above except (A).

               (3) the Actuarial  Equivalent of any amounts  previously  paid to
          the Participant under Section 10.7.

     If within  ten (10) days after a Change of  Control,  the  requirements  of
Sections 10.9(b), (d), (e) and 10.10(b) hereof are not satisfied, the Plan shall
automatically terminate upon final payment of all amounts due in accordance with
Sections 10.9(b), (d), (e), 10.10, 13.3, 13.4 and 13.9 of this Plan.

ARTICLE XIII
- ------------

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     XIII.1 Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Benefit Trust
Committee.  The Benefit Trust Committee  shall have, to the extent  appropriate,
the same powers,  rights,  duties,  and obligations with respect to this Plan as
the committee of the Trust has under the Trust document (other than the power to
amend this Plan).

     XIII.2 Finality of  Determination.  The  determination of the Benefit Trust
Committee  as to any  disputed  questions  arising  under this  Plan,  including
questions  of  construction  and  interpretation  shall be final,  binding,  and
conclusive upon all persons.

     XIII.3 Expenses.  The expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by
the Company.

     XIII.4  Indemnification  and Exculpation.  The members of the Benefit Trust
Committee, its agents and officers, directors and employees of the Company shall
be  indemnified  and held  harmless by the Company  against and from any and all
loss,  cost,  liability,  or  expense  that may be  imposed  upon or  reasonably
incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim,  action,  suit,
or  proceeding  to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by
reason of any action  taken or failure  to act under this Plan and  against  and
from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company's  written
approval)  or paid by them in  satisfaction  of a judgment  in any such  action,
suit,  or  proceeding.  The foregoing  provision  shall not be applicable to any
person if the loss,  cost,  liability,  or expense is due to such person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

     XIII.5  Funding.  While all  benefits  payable  under this Plan  constitute
general corporate obligations,  the Company may establish a separate irrevocable
grantor trust for the benefit of all Participants,  which trust shall be subject
to the  claims of the  general  creditors  of the  Company  in the event of such
corporation's  insolvency,  to be used as a  reserve  for the  discharge  of the
Company's obligations under this Plan to such Participants. Any payments made to
a Participant  under the separate  trust for his benefit shall reduce dollar for
dollar the amount  payable to the  Participant  from the  general  assets of the
Company.  The  amounts  payable  under  this  Plan  shall  be  reflected  on the
accounting  records  of the  Company  but  shall not be  construed  to create or
require  the  creation  of a trust,  custodial,  or  escrow  account,  except as
described   above  in  this  section.   No  Participant  (or  Beneficiary  of  a
Participant)  shall have any right,  title,  or  interest  whatever in or to any
investment  reserves,   accounts,  or  funds  that  the  Company  may  purchase,
establish,  or accumulate to aid in providing  benefits under this Plan. Nothing
contained in this Plan,  and no action taken pursuant to its  provisions,  shall
create a trust or fiduciary  relationship  of any kind between the Company,  the
Parent or  Compensation  Committee and a  Participant,  Beneficiary or any other
person. Neither a Participant nor Beneficiary shall acquire any interest greater
than that of an unsecured, general creditor.

     XIII.6 Corporate Action. Any action required of or permitted by the Company
under  this  Plan  shall  be by  resolution  of  its  Board  of  Directors,  the
Compensation Committee or any person or persons authorized by resolution of such
Compensation Committee.

     XIII.7  Interests not  Transferable.  The interests of the Participants and
their  Beneficiaries  under  this Plan are not  subject  to the  claims of their
creditors and may not be voluntarily  or  involuntarily  transferred,  assigned,
alienated, or encumbered by them.

     XIII.8 Effect on Other Benefit Plans.  Amounts  credited or paid under this
Plan shall not be considered to be compensation  for the purposes of a qualified
pension  plan  maintained  by the Company or the Parent.  The  treatment of such
amounts under other employee benefits plans shall be determined  pursuant to the
provisions of such plans.

     XIII.9  Legal Fees and  Expenses.  After a Change of  Control,  the Company
shall pay all  reasonable  legal fees and expenses  which the  Participant  or a
Beneficiary  may incur as a result of the  Company's  contesting  the  validity,
enforceability or the Participant's  interpretation  of, or determinations  made
under, this Plan or the Trust.

     XIII.10 Deduction of Taxes from Amounts Payable.

          (a)  Distribution.  The  Company  shall  deduct  from the amount to be
     distributed  such  amount as the  Company,  in its sole  discretion,  deems
     proper to protect the Company  against  liability for the payment of death,
     succession,  inheritance,  income,  or  other  taxes,  and out of  money so
     deducted,  the Company may discharge any such  liability and pay the amount
     remaining to the Participant, the Beneficiary or the deceased Participant's
     estate, as the case may be.

          (b)  Withholding.  The Company may withhold  whatever taxes (including
     FICA, state or federal taxes) it, in its sole  discretion,  deems proper to
     protect the Company against  liability for the payment of such  withholding
     taxes and out of the money so deducted,  the Company may discharge any such
     liability.  Withholding for this purpose may come from any wages due to the
     Participant, or if none, from the Participant's Accounts hereunder.

     XIII.11 Facility of Payment. If a Participant or Beneficiary is declared an
incompetent or is a minor and a conservator,  guardian,  or other person legally
charged  with his or her care has been  appointed,  any  benefits  to which such
Participant or  Beneficiary  is entitled  shall be payable to such  conservator,
guardian,  or other person legally charged with his or her care. The decision of
the  Benefit  Trust  Committee  in such  matters  shall be final,  binding,  and
conclusive upon the Company and upon each  Participant,  Beneficiary,  and every
other person or party interested or concerned. The Company and the Benefit Trust
Committee  shall not be under any duty to see to the proper  application of such
payments.

     XIII.12 Merger.  This Plan shall be binding and enforceable with respect to
the obligation of the Company  against any successor to the Company by operation
of law or by  express  assumption  of the  Plan,  and  such  successor  shall be
substituted hereunder for the Company.

     XIII.13  Gender  and  Number.  Except  when the  context  indicates  to the
contrary,  when used  herein,  masculine  terms  shall be deemed to include  the
feminine, and singular the plural.

     XIII.14 Invalidity of Certain Provisions. If any provision of this
Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability
shall not affect any other provisions hereof and this Plan shall be construed 
and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had 
not been included.

     XIII.15  Headings.  The  headings  or  articles  are  included  solely  for
convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and
the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

     XIII.16 Notice and Information  Requirements.  Except as otherwise provided
in this Plan or as otherwise  required by law, the Company shall have no duty or
obligation to  affirmatively  disclose to any  Participant or  Beneficiary,  nor
shall any  Participant  or  Beneficiary  have any right to be  advised  of,  any
material information  regarding the Company, or at any time prior to, upon or in
connection with the Company's  purchase,  or any other  distribution or transfer
(or decision to defer any such  distribution)  of any Company Stock or any other
stock held under this Plan.

     XIII.17 Governing Law. This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware.

     Adopted on the ______ day of _______________ by the Board of Directors
of the Company as to its obligations.

                    By:
                        --------------------------------------------------


                 Title:                   
                        --------------------------------------------------


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(n)


                               WHITMAN CORPORATION

                          REVISED STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
                           (Adopted November 21, 1997)

1.   Definitions

     The following definitions shall be applicable throughout this Plan:

          (a)  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as the same
     may be amended  from time to time.  Reference in the Plan to any section of
     the Code shall be deemed to include any  amendments or successor  provision
     to such section and any regulations under such section.

          (b)  "Committee"  shall mean the  Committee  selected  by the Board of
     Directors as provided in Paragraph 4,  consisting of two or more members of
     the Board of Directors, each of whom shall be (i) a "Non-Employee Director"
     within the  meaning  of Rule  16b-3  under the  Exchange  Act,  and (ii) an
     "outside  director"  within the meaning of Section  162(m) of the Code. 

          (c) "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of the Corporation, without
     par value.

          (d)  "Corporation"   shall  mean  Whitman   Corporation,   a  Delaware
     corporation.

          (e)  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.

          (f)  "Holder" shall mean an individual who has been granted an Option,
     Restricted Stock Award or Performance Award.

          (g)  "Option"  shall  mean any option  granted  under the Plan for the
     purchase of Common Stock.

          (h)  "Performance  Award"  shall  mean  an  award  granted  under  the
     Performance Award provisions of the Plan.

          (i)  "Plan" shall mean the Corporation's Revised Stock Incentive Plan,
     as amended from time to time.

          (j)  "Restricted  Stock  Award"  shall  mean an award of Common  Stock
     granted under the Restricted Stock Award provisions of the Plan.

          (k)  "Retirement" shall mean cessation of active employment or service
     with  the  Corporation  or  a  subsidiary  pursuant  to  the  Corporation's
     retirement policies and programs.

          (1)  "SAR"  shall mean a stock appreciation  right  which is issued in
     tandem  with,  or by  reference  to, an Option,  which  entitles the Holder
     thereof  to  receive,   upon   exercise  of  such  SAR  and  surrender  for
     cancellation  of all or a portion of such Option,  shares of Common  Stock,
     cash or a combination  thereof with an aggregate  value equal to the excess
     of the fair  market  value  of one  share  of  Common  Stock on the date of
     exercise over the purchase  price  specified in such Option,  multiplied by
     the number of shares of Common  Stock  subject to such  Option,  or portion
     thereof, which is surrendered.

2.   Purpose

     It is the  purpose  of the  Plan to  provide  a  means  through  which  the
Corporation  may attract  able persons to enter its employ and the employ of its
subsidiaries, to serve as directors and to provide a means whereby those persons
upon whom the  responsibilities of the successful  administration and management
of the  Corporation  or its  subsidiaries  rest, and whose present and potential
contributions  to the  welfare of the  Corporation  or its  subsidiaries  are of
importance,  can acquire and maintain stock ownership.  Such persons should thus
have a greater than ordinary  concern for the welfare of the Corporation  and/or
its  subsidiaries  and would be expected to strengthen  and maintain a desire to
remain in the employ or service of the Corporation or its subsidiaries.  It is a
further  purpose of the Plan to provide such persons with  additional  incentive
and reward  opportunities  designed  to  enhance  the  profitable  growth of the
Corporation.  So that the maximum  incentive can be provided each participant in
the Plan by  granting  such  participant  an Option or award best suited to such
participant's  circumstances,  the Plan provides for granting  "incentive  stock
options" (as defined in Section 422 of the Code) and nonqualified  stock options
(with or without SARS),  Restricted Stock Awards and Performance  Awards, or any
combination of the foregoing.

3.   Effective Date and Duration of the Plan

     The Plan shall become  effective upon adoption by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Options granted under
the Plan have been exercised,  all  restrictions  imposed upon Restricted  Stock
Awards have been eliminated and all Performance Awards have been satisfied.

4.   Administration

     The members of the Committee shall be selected by the Board of Directors to
administer  the Plan.  A majority of the  Committee  shall  constitute a quorum.
Subject  to the  express  provisions  of the  Plan,  the  Committee  shall  have
authority,  in its  discretion,  to determine the individuals to receive Options
(with or without SARS), Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Awards, the time
or times when they shall receive them, whether an "incentive stock option" under
Section 422 of the Code or nonqualified  option shall be granted,  the number of
shares to be subject to each Option and Restricted  Stock Award and the value of
each Performance  Award. In making such  determinations the Committee shall take
into  account  the nature of the  services  rendered  by each  individual,  such
individual's  present and potential  contribution to the Corporation's  success,
and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant.

     The Committee shall have such  additional  powers as are delegated to it by
the other provisions of the Plan and,  subject to the express  provisions of the
Plan, to construe the respective Option,  Restricted Stock Award and Performance
Award  agreements  and the  Plan,  to  prescribe,  amend and  rescind  rules and
regulations  relating to the Plan and to determine the terms,  restrictions  and
provisions  of  the  Option,   Restricted  Stock  Award  and  Performance  Award
agreements (which need not be identical) including such terms,  restrictions and
provisions  as shall be  requisite  in the  judgment of the  Committee  to cause
certain Options to qualify as "incentive stock options" under Section 422 of the
Code,  and  to  make  all  other  determinations   necessary  or  advisable  for
administering  the Plan. The Committee  may, in its sole  discretion and for any
reason at any time, subject to the requirements  imposed under Section 162(m) of
the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder in the case of an award intended
to be qualified performance-based compensation, take action such that (i) any or
all outstanding Options shall become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or
some of the  restrictions  applicable to any outstanding  Restricted Stock Award
shall  lapse and (iii) all or a portion  of any  outstanding  Performance  Award
shall be satisfied.  The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission
or reconcile any  inconsistency  in the Plan or in any Option,  Restricted Stock
Award or  Performance  Award  agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall
deem expedient to carry it into effect, and it shall be the sole and final judge
of such expediency.  The  determinations of the Committee on matters referred to
in this Paragraph 4 shall be conclusive.

     The Committee shall act by majority action at a meeting, except that action
permitted  to be taken at a meeting  may be taken  without a meeting  if written
consent thereto is given by all members of the Committee.

5.   Grants of Options,  Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Awards;  Shares
     Subject to the Plan

     The Committee may from time to time grant both  "incentive  stock  options"
under  Section 422 of the Code and  nonqualified  options to purchase  shares of
Common Stock (with or without  SARS),  Restricted  Stock Awards and  Performance
Awards to one or more officers,  key employees or directors  determined by it to
be eligible for  participation  in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 6
and  providing  for the  issuance  of such  number of shares and, in the case of
Performance Awards,  having such value as in the discretion of the Committee may
be fitting and proper.  Subject to Paragraph 10, not more than 5,000,000  shares
of Common  Stock may be issued  upon  exercise of Options or SARs or pursuant to
Restricted  Stock Awards or Performance  Awards granted under the Plan, plus the
number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  remaining  available  for grant  under the
Corporation's  former Stock Incentive Plan as of November 21, 1997.  Performance
Awards  which may be  exercised or paid only in cash shall not affect the number
of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

     The Common Stock to be offered  under the Plan  pursuant to Options,  SARS,
Restricted  Stock Awards and  Performance  Awards may be authorized but unissued
Common Stock or Common Stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by
the Corporation.

     The number of shares of Common Stock  available for issuance under the Plan
shall be reduced by the sum of the  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock
then subject to outstanding  Options,  Restricted  Stock Awards and  outstanding
Performance  Awards  which may be paid  solely  in shares of Common  Stock or in
either  shares of Common  Stock or cash.  To the extent (i) that an  outstanding
Option expires or terminates unexercised or is canceled or forfeited (other than
in  connection  with the exercise of an SAR for Common Stock as set forth in the
immediately  following  sentence) or (ii) that an outstanding  Restricted  Stock
Award or  outstanding  Performance  Award  which may be paid solely in shares of
Common Stock or in either  shares of Common Stock or cash expires or  terminates
without  vesting or is canceled or forfeited or (iii) shares of Common Stock are
withheld or delivered  pursuant to the provisions on Share Withholding set forth
in Paragraph 11 (A),  then the shares of Common Stock  subject to such  expired,
terminated,   unexercised,   canceled  or  forfeited  portion  of  such  Option,
Restricted  Stock Award or Performance  Award,  or the shares of Common Stock so
withheld or delivered,  shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. In
the event  all or a  portion  of an SAR is  exercised,  the  number of shares of
Common Stock subject to the related  Option (or portion  thereof) shall again be
available  for  issuance  under the Plan,  except to the extent  that  shares of
Common Stock were actually issued upon exercise of the SAR.

     To  the  extent   necessary   for  an  award   hereunder  to  be  qualified
performance-based  compensation  under Section  162(m) of the Code and the rules
and  regulations  thereunder,  the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with
respect to which  Options,  SARs or  Restricted  Stock  Awards or a  combination
thereof may be granted  during any calendar year to any person shall be 500,000,
subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 10. Grants of Options, Restricted
Stock  Awards or  Performance  Awards that are  canceled  shall count toward the
maximum stated in the preceding sentence.

6.   Eligibility

     Options, Restricted Stock Awards and Performance Awards may be granted only
to  persons  who,  at the time of the grant or award,  are  officers,  other key
employees  or  directors  of the  Corporation  or any of its  present and future
subsidiaries  within the meaning of Section  424(f) of the Code  (herein  called
subsidiaries).  Options,  Restricted Stock Awards or Performance  Awards, or any
combination  thereof,  may be  granted  on more  than one  occasion  to the same
person.  A person who has received or is eligible to receive options to purchase
stock  of any  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  or  incentive  awards  from  any
subsidiary  of the  Corporation  will not, by reason  thereof,  be ineligible to
receive Options,  Restricted  Stock Awards or Performance  Awards under the Plan
unless prohibited by the plan of such subsidiary.

     Nothing in the Plan or any Option,  Restricted  Stock Award or  Performance
Award  agreement shall be construed to constitute or be evidence of an agreement
or  understanding,  expressed or implied,  on the part of the Corporation or its
subsidiaries to employ any person for any specific period of time.

7.   Options and SARs

          (A) Number of Shares.  The  Committee  may, in its  discretion,  grant
     Options to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.  With
     respect to each Option,  the Committee shall determine the number of shares
     subject  to the Option  and the  manner  and the time of  exercise  of such
     Option.  The Committee  shall make such other  determinations  which in its
     discretion appear to be fitting and proper.

          (B) Stock Option Agreement.  Each Option shall be evidenced by a stock
     option  agreement in such form containing such provisions not  inconsistent
     with the  provisions of the Plan as the  Committee  from time to time shall
     approve,  including,  without  limitation,  provisions  to qualify  certain
     Options as  "incentive  stock  options"  under  Section 422 of the Code. An
     incentive  stock  option  may not be  granted  to any  person who is not an
     employee  of the  Corporation  or any parent or  subsidiary  (as defined in
     Section 424 of the Code).  Each  incentive  stock  option  shall be granted
     within  ten years of the  earlier  of the date the Plan is  adopted  by the
     Corporation's  Board of  Directors  and the date  the Plan is  approved  by
     Whitman as the sole shareholder of the Corporation.  To the extent that the
     aggregate fair market value  (determined as of the date of grant) of shares
     of Common Stock with respect to which Options designated as incentive stock
     options are  exercisable for the first time by a person during any calendar
     year exceeds the amount (currently $100,000)  established by the Code, such
     Options shall be deemed to be non-qualified stock options.

          (C) Option Price and Term of Option.  The purchase  price per share of
     the Common Stock under each Option shall be  determined  by the  Committee;
     provided,  however,  that the  purchase  price per  share of  Common  Stock
     purchasable  upon  exercise of an incentive  stock option shall not be less
     than 100% of the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock at the date such
     Option is granted;  provided,  further,  that if an incentive  stock option
     shall be granted to any person  who,  at the time such  Option is  granted,
     owns capital stock of the  Corporation  possessing more than ten percent of
     the total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of capital  stock of the
     Corporation  (or of any parent or  subsidiary of the  Corporation)  (a "Ten
     Percent Holder"), such purchase price shall be the price (currently 110% of
     fair market value) required by the Code in order to constitute an incentive
     stock option.

          The period during which an Option may be exercised shall be determined
     by the Committee;  provided,  however, that no incentive stock option shall
     be  exercised  later  than ten  years  after  its date of  grant;  provided
     further,  that if an  incentive  stock  option  shall be  granted  to a Ten
     Percent  Holder,  such option shall not be exercised  later than five years
     after its date of grant.  The Committee shall  determine  whether an Option
     shall become  exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative  installments and
     in part or in full at any time. An exercisable  Option, or portion thereof,
     may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock.

          (D) Payment.  An Option may be exercised by giving  written  notice to
     the  Corporation  specifying  the  number of  shares of Common  Stock to be
     purchased  and  accompanied  by payment of the  purchase  price in full (or
     arrangement made for such payment to the  Corporation's  satisfaction).  As
     determined by the Committee at the time of grant of an Option and set forth
     in the agreement  evidencing the Option, the purchase price may be paid (a)
     in  cash or (b) by  delivery  (either  actual  delivery  or by  attestation
     procedures established by the Corporation) of previously-owned whole shares
     of Common Stock (for which the holder has good title, free and clear of all
     liens and  encumbrances  and which such  holder  either (i) has held for at
     least six months or (ii) has purchased on the open market)  valued at their
     fair  market  value  on the  date of  exercise.  If  applicable,  a  person
     exercising an Option shall  surrender to the Corporation any SARs which are
     canceled by reason of the exercise of such Option.

          (E)  Termination  of Employment or Service or Death of Holder.  In the
     event of any  termination of the employment or service of a Holder with the
     Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries,  other than by reason of death or,
     in the case of a Holder of a nonqualified  option,  Retirement,  the Holder
     may (unless  otherwise  provided  in the Option  agreement)  exercise  each
     Option held by such Holder at any time within  three months (or one year if
     the Holder is  permanently  and  totally  disabled  within  the  meaning of
     Section  22(e)(3)  of the Code) after such  termination  of  employment  or
     service,  but only if and to the extent such Option is  exercisable  at the
     date of such  termination  of employment or service,  and in no event after
     the date on which such Option would otherwise terminate; provided, however,
     that if such termination of employment or service is for cause or voluntary
     on the part of the Holder without the written  consent of the  Corporation,
     any  Option  held by such  Holder  under the Plan  shall  terminate  unless
     otherwise provided in the Option agreement.

          In the event of the  termination  of employment or service of a Holder
     of a nonqualified  option by reason of Retirement,  then each  nonqualified
     option held by the Holder shall be fully  exercisable,  and, subject to the
     following  paragraph,  such nonqualified option shall be exercisable by the
     Holder at any time up to and  including  (but not  after) the date on which
     the  nonqualified   option  would  otherwise  terminate  (unless  otherwise
     provided in the Option Agreement).

          In the  event of the  death  of a  Holder  (i)  while  employed  by or
     providing  service to the  Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries or after
     Retirement,  (ii) within  three months  after  termination  of the Holder's
     employment,  other  than a  termination  by reason of  permanent  and total
     disability  within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3)  of the Code,  or (iii)
     within one year after  termination of the Holder's  employment by reason of
     such  disability,  then each Option held by such Holder may be exercised by
     the  legatees  of the  Holder  under  his  last  will,  or by his  personal
     representatives or distributees, at any time within a period of nine months
     after the  Holder's  death,  but only if and to the extent  such  Option is
     exercisable  at the date of death  (unless death occurs while the Holder is
     employed  by or  providing  service  to  the  Corporation  or  one  of  its
     subsidiaries,  in which case each Option held by the Holder  shall be fully
     exercisable),  and in no event  after the date on which such  Option  would
     otherwise terminate.

          (F)  Privileges  of the  Holder as  Shareholder.  The  Holder shall be
     entitled to all the  privileges  and rights of a  shareholder  with respect
     only to such shares of Common Stock as have been actually  purchased  under
     the Option and registered in the Holder's name.

          (G) SARS.  The  Committee  may, in its sole  discretion,  grant an SAR
     (concurrently  with  the  grant  of  the  Option  or,  in  the  case  of  a
     nonqualified option which is not intended to be qualified performance-based
     compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations
     thereunder,  subsequent to such grant) to any Holder of any Option  granted
     under the Plan (or such  Holder's  legatees,  personal  representatives  or
     distributees  then  entitled  to  exercise  such  Option).  An  SAR  may be
     exercised (i) by giving  written notice to the  Corporation  specifying the
     number of SARs which are being  exercised and (ii) by  surrendering  to the
     Corporation any Options which are canceled by reason of the exercise of the
     SAR. An SAR shall be exercisable  upon such additional terms and conditions
     as may from time to time be  prescribed  by the  Committee.  No  fractional
     share shall be issued upon the exercise of any SAR.

          (H)  Non-Transferability.  Unless otherwise specified in the agreement
     evidencing  an  Option  or  SAR,  no  Option  or  SAR  hereunder  shall  be
     transferable  other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
     pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Corporation.
     Except to the extent  permitted by the foregoing  sentence,  each Option or
     SAR may be exercised during the Holder's lifetime only by the Holder or the
     Holder's legal representative or similar person. Except as permitted by the
     second  preceding  sentence,  no  Option  or SAR  hereunder  shall be sold,
     transferred,  assigned,  pledged,  hypothecated,  encumbered  or  otherwise
     disposed of (whether by  operation  of law or  otherwise)  or be subject to
     execution,  attachment  or similar  process.  Upon any  attempt to so sell,
     transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any
     Option or SAR hereunder, such Option or SAR and all rights thereunder shall
     immediately become null and void.

8.   Restricted Stock Awards

          (A) Restriction Period to Be Established by the Committee. At the time
     of the making of a Restricted  Stock Award, the Committee shall establish a
     period of time (the  "Restriction  Period")  applicable to such award.  The
     Committee may establish different Restriction Periods from time to time and
     each Restricted Stock Award may have a different Restriction Period, in the
     discretion of the Committee.

          (B) Other Terms and Conditions. Common Stock, when awarded pursuant to
     a Restricted  Stock Award,  shall be represented by a stock  certificate or
     book-entry  credits  registered  in the name of the Holder who receives the
     Restricted  Stock Award or a nominee  for the  benefit of the  Holder.  The
     Holder shall have the right to receive  dividends  (or the cash  equivalent
     thereof)  during  the  Restriction  Period and shall also have the right to
     vote such  Common  Stock and all other  shareholder's  rights (in each case
     unless otherwise provided in the agreement  evidencing the Restricted Stock
     Award),  with the  exception  that (i) the Holder  shall not be entitled to
     delivery of the stock  certificate  (or the removal of  restrictions in the
     Corporation's  books and records) until the Restriction  Period established
     by the Committee  pursuant to Paragraph  8(A) shall have expired,  (ii) the
     Corporation  shall  retain  custody  of the stock  certificate  during  the
     Restriction  Period,  (iii)  the  Holder  may not sell,  transfer,  pledge,
     exchange,   hypothecate   or  dispose  of  such  Common  Stock  during  the
     Restriction Period, and (iv) a breach of restriction or breach of terms and
     conditions  established by the Committee  pursuant to the Restricted  Stock
     Award shall cause a forfeiture of the Restricted  Stock Award. If requested
     by the Corporation, a Holder of a Restricted Stock Award shall deposit with
     the Corporation stock powers or other instruments of assignment  (including
     a power of attorney),  each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature
     if deemed necessary or appropriate by the  Corporation,  which would permit
     transfer  to the  Corporation  of all or a portion  of the shares of Common
     Stock  subject  to the  Restricted  Stock  Award in the event such award is
     forfeited  in whole or in part.  A  distribution  with respect to shares of
     Common Stock,  other than a distribution  in cash,  shall be subject to the
     same  restrictions as the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such
     distribution was made,  unless otherwise  determined by the Committee.  The
     Committee may, in addition,  prescribe  additional  restrictions,  terms or
     conditions upon or to the Restricted  Stock Award in the manner  prescribed
     by Paragraph 4. The Committee may, in its sole  discretion,  also establish
     rules  pertaining to the Restricted Stock Award in the event of termination
     of employment or service (by Retirement, disability, death or otherwise) of
     a Holder of such award prior to the expiration of the Restriction Period.

          (C) Restricted  Stock Award  Agreement.  Each  Restricted  Stock Award
     shall  be  evidenced  by an  agreement  in such  form and  containing  such
     provisions  not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  as the
     Committee from time to time shall approve.

          (D) Payment for Restricted Stock.  Restricted Stock Awards may be made
     by the Committee  whereby the Holder receives Common Stock subject to those
     terms, conditions and restrictions  established by the Committee but is not
     required to make any payment for said Common Stock.  The Committee may also
     establish  terms as to each Holder  whereby such Holder,  as a condition to
     the  Restricted  Stock  Award,  is  required  to  pay,  in  cash  or  other
     consideration, all (or any lesser amount than all) of the fair market value
     of the Common Stock,  determined as of the date the Restricted  Stock Award
     is made.

          (E)  Termination  of  Employment  or  Service  or Death of  Holder.  A
     Restricted  Stock Award shall terminate for all purposes if the Holder does
     not remain  continuously  in the employ or service of the  Corporation or a
     subsidiary at all times during the applicable Restriction Period, except as
     may otherwise be determined by the Committee.

9.   Performance Awards

          (A) Performance  Period. The Committee shall establish with respect to
     each Performance  Award a performance  period over which the performance of
     the Holder shall be measured.  The performance  period shall be established
     at the time of such award.

          (B) Performance  Awards.  Each Performance  Award shall have a maximum
     value established by the Committee at the time of such award.

          (C) Performance  Measures.  Performance  Awards shall be awarded to an
     eligible  person  contingent  upon future  performance  of the  Corporation
     and/or the Corporation's  subsidiary,  division or department in which such
     person  is  employed  over the  performance  period.  The  Committee  shall
     establish the  performance  measures  applicable to such  performance.  The
     performance measures determined by the Committee shall be established prior
     to the  beginning of each  performance  period but,  except as necessary to
     qualify  a  Performance  Award as  "performance-based  compensation"  under
     Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations thereunder, may be
     subject to such later revisions to reflect  significant,  unforeseen events
     or changes, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

          (D) Award Criteria.  In determining  the value of Performance  Awards,
     the Committee shall take into account an eligible  person's  responsibility
     level,  performance,  potential, cash compensation level, unexercised stock
     options,  other incentive awards and such other  considerations as it deems
     appropriate.   Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,   to  the  extent
     necessary  for  a  Performance  Award  to  be  qualified  performance-based
     compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations
     thereunder,  the performance period shall be not less than three years and,
     if a Performance  Award is payable in shares of Common  Stock,  the maximum
     number of shares that may be paid under the  Performance  Award during such
     performance  period shall be 500,000 and, if a Performance Award is payable
     in cash,  the maximum amount that may be paid under the  Performance  Award
     during such performance period shall be $10,000,000.

          (E) Payment.  Following the end of each performance period, the Holder
     of each  Performance  Award  shall be  entitled  to  receive  payment of an
     amount,  not exceeding the maximum value of the Performance Award, based on
     the achievement of the performance measures for such performance period, as
     determined  by the  Committee.  Payment of  Performance  Awards may be made
     wholly in cash, wholly in shares of Common Stock or a combination  thereof,
     all at the discretion of the Committee. Payment shall be made in a lump sum
     or in  installments,  and shall be subject to such  vesting and other terms
     and  conditions  as may be  prescribed  by the  Committee for such purpose.
     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the case of a
     Performance Award intended to be qualified  performance-based  compensation
     under Section 162(m) and the rules and regulations  thereunder,  no payment
     shall  be made  under  any  such  Performance  Award  until  the  Committee
     certifies in writing  that the  performance  measures  for the  performance
     period have in fact been achieved.

          (F)  Termination  of  Employment  or  Service  or Death of  Holder.  A
     Performance  Award shall  terminate for all purposes if the Holder does not
     remain  continuously  in the  employ or  service  of the  Corporation  or a
     subsidiary at all times during the applicable performance period, except as
     may otherwise be determined by the Committee. 

          In the event  that a Holder  of a  Performance  Award  ceases to be an
     employee or director of the Corporation following the end of the applicable
     performance  period but prior to full payment according to the terms of the
     Performance  Award,   payment  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  terms
     established by the Committee for the payment of such Performance Award.

          (G) Other Terms and Conditions. When a Performance Award is payable in
     installments in Common Stock,  if determined by the Committee,  one or more
     stock  certificates  or  book-entry  credits  registered in the name of the
     Holder  representing  shares of Common Stock which would have been issuable
     to the Holder of the  Performance  Award if such  payment  had been made in
     full on the day following the end of the applicable  performance period may
     be registered in the name of such Holder,  and during the period until such
     installment  becomes  due  such  Holder  shall  have the  right to  receive
     dividends (or the cash equivalent thereof) and shall also have the right to
     vote such  Common  Stock and all other  shareholder's  rights (in each case
     unless  otherwise  provided in the  agreement  evidencing  the  Performance
     Award),  with the  exception  that (i) the Holder  shall not be entitled to
     delivery of any stock certificate  until the installment  payable in shares
     becomes  due,  (ii) the  Corporation  shall  retain  custody  of any  stock
     certificates  until such time and (iii) the Holder may not sell,  transfer,
     pledge,  exchange,  hypothecate  or dispose of such Common Stock until such
     time. A  distribution  with  respect to shares of Common  Stock  payable in
     installments  which has not become due, other than a distribution  in cash,
     shall be subject  to the same  restrictions  as the shares of Common  Stock
     with  respect  to  which  such  distribution  was  made,  unless  otherwise
     determined by the Committee.

          (H) Performance  Award  Agreements.  Each  Performance  Award shall be
     evidenced by an agreement in such form and containing  such  provisions not
     inconsistent  with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee from time to
     time shall approve.

10.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization; Change in Control

          (A)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  each Option,
     Restricted  Stock Award or  Performance  Award  agreement  may contain such
     provisions  as the  Committee  shall  determine to be  appropriate  for the
     adjustment  of (i) the  number  and class of shares or other  consideration
     subject to any Option or to be delivered  pursuant to any Restricted  Stock
     Award or  Performance  Award and (ii) the Option or Restricted  Stock Award
     price,   in  the   event   of  a  stock   dividend,   spin-off,   split-up,
     recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares,
     or the  like.  In such  event,  the  maximum  number  and  class of  shares
     available  under the Plan,  and the number  and class of shares  subject to
     Options,  SARS,  Restricted  Stock Awards or Performance  Awards,  shall be
     appropriately  adjusted  by the  Committee,  whose  determination  shall be
     conclusive.

          (B)(i) In the event of a "change in control" (as hereinafter  defined)
     pursuant to subparagraph  (C)(i) or (ii) below, or in the event of a change
     in control  pursuant to  subparagraph  (C)(iii) or (iv) below in connection
     with which the holders of Common  Stock  receive  consideration  other than
     shares of common stock that are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange
     Act:

               (1)(x) each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable in
          full, (y) each Holder of an Option shall receive from the  Corporation
          within  60 days  after the  change in  control,  in  exchange  for the
          surrender  of the  Option or any  portion  thereof  to the  extent the
          Option is then exercisable in accordance with clause (x), an amount in
          cash  equal to the  difference  between  the  fair  market  value  (as
          determined  by the  Committee) on the date of the change in control of
          the Common Stock covered by the Option or portion  thereof which is so
          surrendered  and the  purchase  price of such  Common  Stock under the
          Option and (z) each SAR shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof and
          shall be canceled  simultaneously with the cancellation of the related
          Option;

               (2) each Holder of a  Restricted  Stock Award shall  receive from
          the  Corporation  within 60 days  after  the  change  in  control,  in
          exchange for the surrender of the Restricted Stock Award, an amount in
          cash equal to the fair market value (as  determined by the  Committee)
          on the date of the change in control  of the Common  Stock  subject to
          the Restricted Stock Award;

               (3) each Holder of a Performance  Award for which the performance
          period has not expired  shall receive from the  Corporation  within 60
          days after the change in control, in exchange for the surrender of the
          Performance Award, an amount in cash equal to the product of the value
          of the Performance  Award and a fraction the numerator of which is the
          number of whole months  which have  elapsed from the  beginning of the
          performance  period  to the  date of the  change  in  control  and the
          denominator of which is the number of whole months in the  performance
          period; and

               (4) each Holder of a  Performance  Award that has been earned but
          not yet paid shall receive an amount in cash equal to the value of the
          Performance Award.

          (ii)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement
     relating to an Option,  Restricted Stock Award or Performance Award, in the
     event of a change in control  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (C)(iii)  or (iv)
     below in connection  with which the holders of Common Stock receive  shares
     of common stock that are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

               (1)  each  Option  and  SAR  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  be
          exercisable in full;

               (2)  the  Restriction   Period   applicable  to  any  outstanding
          Restricted  Stock  Award shall  lapse and,  if  applicable,  any other
          restrictions,  terms or conditions  shall lapse and/or be deemed to be
          satisfied at the maximum value or level; 

               (3)  the  performance  measures  applicable  to  any  outstanding
          Performance  Award  shall be deemed  to be  satisfied  at the  maximum
          value; and

               (4) there  shall be  substituted  for each share of Common  Stock
          remaining  available for issuance under the Plan,  whether or not then
          subject to an outstanding Option (and SAR),  Restricted Stock Award or
          Performance  Award,  the  number  and class of shares  into which each
          outstanding share of Common Stock shall be converted  pursuant to such
          Change in Control. In the event of any such substitution, the purchase
          price  per  share in the  case of an  Option  shall  be  appropriately
          adjusted by the Committee (whose  determination  shall be conclusive),
          such  adjustments  to be made  without any  increase in the  aggregate
          purchase price.  

          (C) For purposes of this paragraph, the term "change in control" shall
     mean: 

               (i)  the  acquisition  by any  individual,  entity  or  group  (a
          "Person"),  including  any  "person"  within  the  meaning  of Section
          13(d)(3) or  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act, of  beneficial  ownership
          within the meaning of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the Exchange Act,
          of 25% or more of  either  (x) the then  outstanding  shares of common
          stock of the Corporation (the  "Outstanding  Common Stock") or (y) the
          combined  voting  power  of the  then  outstanding  securities  of the
          Corporation  entitled to vote  generally  in the election of directors
          (the  "Outstanding  Voting  Securities");   excluding,   however,  the
          following:  (1)  any   acquisition   directly  from  the   Corporation
          (excluding any acquisition resulting from the exercise of an exercise,
          conversion  or  exchange   privilege  unless  the  security  being  so
          exercised,  converted or  exchanged  was  acquired  directly  from the
          Corporation),   (2)  any  acquisition  by  the  Corporation,  (3)  any
          acquisition by an employee  benefit plan (or related trust)  sponsored
          or maintained by the Corporation or any corporation  controlled by the
          Corporation or (4) any  acquisition by any  corporation  pursuant to a
          transaction  which  complies  with  clauses (1), (2) and (3) of clause
          (iii) in this definition of change in control;

               (ii)  individuals  who,  as of the  effective  date of the  Plan,
          constitute the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  (the "Incumbent
          Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such
          Board;  provided,  however, that any individual who becomes a director
          of the  Corporation  subsequent to such effective date whose election,
          or  nomination  for election by the  Corporation's  shareholders,  was
          approved  by the vote of at least a  majority  of the  directors  then
          comprising  the  Incumbent  Board  shall be  deemed  a  member  of the
          Incumbent  Board;  and provided  further,  that any individual who was
          initially  elected as a director of the  Corporation as a result of an
          actual or threatened  election contest, as such terms are used in Rule
          14a-11 of Regulation  14A  promulgated  under the Exchange Act, or any
          other actual or threatened  solicitation  of proxies or consents by or
          on behalf of any Person other than the Board of Directors shall not be
          deemed a member of the Incumbent Board;

               (iii)   the   consummation   of  a   reorganization,   merger  or
          consolidation  of the Corporation or sale or other  disposition of all
          or  substantially  all of the assets of the  Corporation (a "Corporate
          Transaction"); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction pursuant to
          which (1) all or substantially  all of the individuals or entities who
          are the beneficial  owners,  respectively,  of the Outstanding  Common
          Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities  immediately prior to such
          Corporate  Transaction will  beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
          more than 66-2/3% of,  respectively,  the outstanding shares of common
          stock, and the combined voting power of the outstanding  securities of
          such  corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
          directors,  as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such
          Corporate Transaction  (including,  without limitation,  a corporation
          which as a result of such  transaction  owns the Corporation or all or
          substantially  all of the  Corporation's  assets  either  directly  or
          indirectly) in  substantially  the same  proportions  relative to each
          other  as  their  ownership,   immediately  prior  to  such  Corporate
          Transaction,  of the  Outstanding  Common  Stock  and the  Outstanding
          Voting Securities,  as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than: the
          Corporation; any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
          maintained by the  Corporation  or any  corporation  controlled by the
          Corporation;   the   corporation   resulting   from   such   Corporate
          Transaction;  and any Person  which  beneficially  owned,  immediately
          prior to such Corporate  Transaction,  directly or indirectly,  25% or
          more  of  the  Outstanding  Common  Stock  or the  Outstanding  Voting
          Securities,  as the case may be) will  beneficially  own,  directly or
          indirectly,  25% or more of,  respectively,  the outstanding shares of
          common  stock  of  the  corporation   resulting  from  such  Corporate
          Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding securities
          of such  corporation  entitled to vote  generally  in the  election of
          directors and (3)  individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
          will  constitute  at least a majority  of the  members of the board of
          directors   of  the   corporation   resulting   from  such   Corporate
          Transaction; or

               (iv)  the  consummation  of a plan  of  complete  liquidation  or
          dissolution of the Corporation.

          (D) With  respect  to any Holder of an Option or SAR who is subject to
     Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (i)  notwithstanding  the exercise  periods
     set forth in Paragraph  7(E) or as set forth  pursuant to Paragraph 7(E) in
     any agreement  evidencing such Option or SAR and (ii)  notwithstanding  the
     expiration  date of the  term of such  Option  or  SAR,  in the  event  the
     Corporation is involved in a business  combination  which is intended to be
     treated as a pooling of  interests  for  financial  accounting  purposes (a
     "Pooling  Transaction")  or  pursuant  to  which  such  Holder  receives  a
     substitute option to purchase securities of any entity, including an entity
     directly or indirectly  acquiring the Corporation,  then each Option or SAR
     (or option or stock  appreciation  right in  substitution  thereof) held by
     such Holder shall be  exercisable  to the extent set forth in the agreement
     evidencing  such  Option or SAR until and  including  the latest of (x) the
     expiration  date of the term of the  Option or SAR or, in the event of such
     Holder's termination of employment or service, the date determined pursuant
     to Paragraph  7(E),  (y) the date which is six months and ten business days
     after the consummation of such business  combination and (z) the date which
     is ten  business  days after the date of  expiration  of any period  during
     which such  Holder may not  dispose  of a  security  issued in the  Pooling
     Transaction  in order for the Pooling  Transaction to be accounted for as a
     pooling of interests.

11.  Withholding Taxes

          (A) If provided in the agreement evidencing an Option, SAR, Restricted
     Stock Award or Performance  Award, the Holder thereof may elect, by written
     notice to the Corporation at the office of the  Corporation  designated for
     that  purpose,  to pay  through  withholding  by the  Corporation  all or a
     portion of the estimated federal, state, local and other taxes arising from
     (1) the exercise of an Option or SAR and (2) the vesting or distribution of
     shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Restricted  Stock Award or Performance
     Award (a) by having the Corporation  withhold shares of Common Stock or (b)
     by delivering previously-owned shares (collectively,  "Share Withholding"),
     in each case  being such  number of shares of Common  Stock as shall have a
     fair market value equal to the amount of taxes to be  withheld,  rounded up
     to the nearest whole share.

          (B) A Share  Withholding  election  shall be subject to disapproval by
     the Corporation.

          (C) If the  date as of  which  the  amount  of tax to be  withheld  is
     determined  (the "Tax  Date") is deferred  until  after the  exercise of an
     Option or SAR, the  expiration of the  Restriction  Period  applicable to a
     Restricted  Stock Award or the payment of a Performance  Award,  and if the
     Holder elects Share Withholding,  the Corporation shall issue to the Holder
     the full  number of shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  resulting  from such
     exercise,  expiration  or payment and the Holder  shall be  unconditionally
     obligated  to deliver  to the  Corporation  on the Tax Date such  number of
     shares of Common Stock as shall have an  aggregate  fair market value equal
     to the amount to be  withheld  on the Tax Date,  rounded up to the  nearest
     whole share.

          (D) The fair market  value of shares of Common  Stock used for payment
     of taxes,  as provided in this  Paragraph  11, shall be the mean sale price
     per share, as reported for New York Stock Exchange Composite  Transactions,
     on the Tax Date.

12.  Termination of Plan

     The Plan may be terminated  at any time by the Board of  Directors,  except
with respect to any Options, SARS, Restricted Stock Awards or Performance Awards
then outstanding. The Corporation reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in
part,  the  exercise  of any  Options or SARs or the  delivery  of Common  Stock
pursuant to any Restricted Stock Awards or Performance  Awards granted under the
Plan until such time as,

          (A) any legal  requirements  or regulations  have been met relating to
     the issuance of the shares covered thereby or to their  registration  under
     the Securities Act of 1933 or to any applicable State laws; and
                                                                                
          (B)  satisfactory  assurances are received that the shares when issued
     will be duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

13.  Amendment of the Plan

     The Board of Directors may amend the Plan; provided,  however, that without
approval  of the  shareholders  the Board of  Directors  may not amend the Plan,
subject to Paragraph 10, to (a) increase the maximum  number of shares which may
be issued on exercise of Options or SARs or pursuant to Restricted  Stock Awards
or  Performance  Awards  granted  under  the  Plan  or  (b)  effect  any  change
inconsistent with Section 422 of the Code.

14.  Effect of the Plan

     Neither the  adoption of the Plan nor any action of the Board of  Directors
or of the  Committee  shall be deemed to give any person any right to be granted
an Option, a right to a Restricted Stock Award or a right to a Performance Award
or any  rights  hereunder  except as may be  evidenced  by an Option  agreement,
Restricted Stock Award agreement or Performance  Award agreement,  duly executed
on behalf of the  Corporation,  and then only to the extent and on the terms and
conditions expressly set forth therein.

                                                                     EXHIBIT 12
                               WHITMAN CORPORATION
                            STATEMENT OF CALCULATION
                      OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                          (in millions, except ratios)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Years Ended December 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1997         1996          1995         1994         1993
                                                     --------     --------      --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        
Earnings:
Income from Continuing Operations before Taxes       $   69.9     $  127.7      $  118.2     $   80.3     $   81.1
Fixed Charges                                            75.6         74.4          76.7         72.2         96.4
                                                     --------     --------      --------     --------     --------

Earnings as Adjusted                                 $  145.5     $  202.1      $  194.9     $  152.5     $  177.5
                                                     ========     ========      ========     ========     ========


Fixed Charges:
Interest Expense                                     $   69.0     $   68.2      $   70.3     $   67.0     $   93.0
Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements of
     Majority Owned Subsidiary                            1.7          1.5           1.4          1.1           --
Portion of Rents Representative of Interest Factor        4.9          4.7           5.0          4.1          3.4
                                                     --------     --------      --------     --------     --------

Total Fixed Charges                                  $   75.6     $   74.4      $   76.7     $   72.2     $   96.4
                                                     ========     ========      ========     ========     ========

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*                       1.9x         2.7x          2.5x         2.1x         1.8x
                                                     ========     ========      ========     ========     ========

</TABLE>


*  Intercompany interest income from Hussmann and Midas was $23.1 million, $23.7
   million,  $21.8 million, $20.6 million and $16.2 million in 1997, 1996, 1995,
   1994 and 1993,  respectively.  If the fixed  charges had been reduced by this
   intercompany  interest  income,  the ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges for
   1997,  1996,  1995, 1994 and 1993 would have been 2.3x,  3.5x, 3.2x, 2.6x and
   2.0x, respectively.

   Whitman  Corporation  also recorded  special  charges of $49.3 million during
   1997.  Excluding these special  charges,  the 1997 ratio of earnings to fixed
   charges  would have been 2.6x.  Additionally,  if the fixed  charges for 1997
   were adjusted for the intercompany  interest income noted above, the ratio of
   earnings to fixed charges would have been 3.3x.

                                                                     EXHIBIT 21

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
                               As of March 1, 1998
                                                                             
                                                                  Percentage Of
                                                                   Voting Stock
                                                                     Owned Or
                                                      Place of    Controlled By
                Name                               Incorporation  The Registrant
           -------------                           -------------  --------------

Whitman Corporation (Registrant)......................Delaware
   Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers, Inc...................Delaware          80%
     GB Baltics LLC...................................Delaware          80
       GB Estonia LLC.................................Delaware          80
         Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers Estonia U/O......Estonia           80
     GB International, Inc............................Delaware          80
     GB Latvia LLC....................................Delaware          80
       Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers Latvia LTD.........Latvia            80
     GB Lithuania LLC.................................Delaware          80
       UBA Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers................Lithuania         80
     Genadco Advertising Agency, Inc..................Illinois          80
     General Bottlers, Inc............................Delaware          80
     General Bottlers Sp.z.o.o........................Poland            80
     Iowa Vending, Inc................................Delaware          80
     Kolmar Products Corporation......................Wisconsin         80
     Marquette Bottling Works, Inc....................Michigan          80
     Neva Holdings LLC................................Delaware          80
       GB Russia LLC..................................Delaware          80
         O.O.O. Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers...........Russia            80
     Northern Michigan Vending, Inc...................Michigan          80
     PCGB, Inc........................................Illinois          80
     Pepsi-Cola Bottling Company of Bloomington, Inc..Delaware          80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Wisconsin, Inc... Wisconsin         80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Indiana, Inc......Delaware          80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Iowa, Inc.........Iowa              80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Ohio, Inc.........Delaware          80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Princeton, Inc....West Virginia     80
     Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers of Virginia, Inc.....Virginia          80
   IC Equities, Inc...................................Delaware         100
   Illinois Center Corporation........................Delaware         100
   Mid-America Improvement Corporation................Illinois         100
   South Properties, Inc..............................Illinois         100
     Environ of Inverrary, Inc........................Florida          100
     S&T of Mississippi, Inc..........................Mississippi      100
   Whitman Insurance Co., Ltd.........................Bermuda          100
   Whitman Leasing, Inc...............................Delaware         100

     The names of certain  subsidiaries  are omitted because such  subsidiaries,
considered  in the  aggregate  as a single  subsidiary,  would not  constitute a
significant subsidiary.

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS



The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Whitman Corporation:

We consent to  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statements Nos. 33-
58209 and 333-16355 on Forms S-3,  Registration  Statement No.  33-62113 on Form
S-4, and Registration  Statement Nos.  33-65006,  33-28238 and 33-53427 on Forms
S-8 of Whitman Corporation of our report dated January 16, 1998, relating to the
consolidated  balance  sheets of  Whitman  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,
shareholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period ended  December 31, 1997,  which report  appears in this annual report on
Form 10-K.



KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 16, 1998


                                                                    EXHIBIT 24

                                                                              
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned  Director and/or
Officer of Whitman Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby
constitutes  and  appoints  BRUCE S.  CHELBERG,  THOMAS L.  BINDLEY and FRANK T.
WESTOVER,  and each of them, his true and lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,
with full power of  substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities,  to sign the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and any and all
amendments  thereto,  and to file the  same,  with all  exhibits  and  schedules
thereto,  and other documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of
them,  full power and  authority  to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and  necessary to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully and to
all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally  present,  hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or their
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and seal
this 20th day of March, 1998.

                            Date                                         Date
                          -------                                      -------

/s/ Bruce S. Chelberg     3/20/98           /s/ Archie R. Dykes        3/20/98
- ------------------------                    --------------------------
Bruce S. Chelberg                           Archie R. Dykes

/s/ Thomas L. Bindley     3/20/98          /s/ Charles W. Gaillard     3/20/98
- ------------------------                   --------------------------
Thomas L. Bindley                          Charles W. Gaillard

/s/ Frank T. Westover     3/20/98          /s/ Jarobin Gilbert, Jr.    3/20/98
- ------------------------                   --------------------------
Frank T. Westover                          Jarobin Gilbert, Jr.

/s/ Herbert M. Baum       3/20/98          /s/ Victoria J. Gregoricus  3/20/98
- ------------------------                   --------------------------
Herbert M. Baum                            Victoria J. Gregoricus

/s/ Richard G. Cline      3/20/98          /s/ Donald P. Jacobs        3/20/98
- ------------------------                   --------------------------
Richard G. Cline                           Donald P. Jacobs

/s/ Pierre S. DuPont      3/20/98          /s/ Charles S. Locke        3/20/98
- ------------------------                   --------------------------
Pierre S. DuPont                           Charles S. Locke

<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
WHITMAN CORPORATION'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000049573
<NAME> WHITMAN CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                          52,400
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  135,100
<ALLOWANCES>                                     3,400
<INVENTORY>                                     69,900
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               560,800<F1>
<PP&E>                                         878,200
<DEPRECIATION>                                 471,600
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,029,700<F2>
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          490,000<F3>
<BONDS>                                        604,700
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       478,200
<OTHER-SE>                                      61,500
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,029,700
<SALES>                                      1,557,500
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,557,500
<CGS>                                          972,600
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,427,300<F4>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                18,000
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              42,300<F5>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 69,900
<INCOME-TAX>                                    37,900
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             15,800<F6>
<DISCONTINUED>                                (11,700)<F7>
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     4,100
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.04<F8>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.04<F9>
<FN>
<F1>
CURRENT ASSETS INCLUDE $270,500 OF NET CURRENT ASSETS OF COMPANIES HELD FOR
DISPOSITION.

<F2>
TOTAL ASSETS INCLUDE $663,700 OF NET ASSETS OF COMPANIES HELD FOR DISPOSITION,
INCLUDING $393,200 OF NET NON-CURRENT ASSETS, IN ADDITION TO THE NET CURRENT
ASSETS NOTED IN FOOTNOTE 1, ABOVE.

<F3>
CURRENT LIABILITES INCLUDE $282,500 OF SHORT-TERM DEBT, INCLUDING CURRENT
MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT.  THIS AMOUNT WAS REPAID IN JANUARY, 1998, USING
FUNDS RECEIVED FROM SUBSIDIARIES WHICH WERE SUBSEQUENTLY SPUN-OFF.

<F4>
TOTAL COSTS INCLUDE COST OF GOODS SOLD, S,G&A EXPENSES, AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
AND SPECIAL CHARGES OF $972,600, $389,700, $15,700, AND $49,300, RESPECTIVELY.
THE SPECIAL CHARGES OF $49,300 RECORDED IN 1997 RELATED TO THE SPIN-OFFS, THE
RESTRUCTURING OF GENERAL BOTTLERS' ORGANIZATION AND THE ELIMINATION OF A
SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF THE WHITMAN CORPORATE MANAGEMENT AND STAFF.

<F5>
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET, INCLUDES INTEREST EXPENSE, INTEREST INCOME FROM HUSSMANN
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("HUSSMANN") AND MIDAS, INC.("MIDAS") AND OTHER INTEREST
INCOME OF $69,000, $23,100 AND $3,600, RESPECTIVELY.  INTEREST INCOME FROM
HUSSMANN AND MIDAS RELATED TO INTERCOMPANY LOANS AND ADVANCES.  THE RELATED
INTEREST EXPENSE RECORDED BY HUSSMANN AND MIDAS IS INCLUDED IN INCOME (LOSS)
FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS.

<F6>
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IS REDUCED BY MINORITY INTEREST OF $16,200. 
THE EFFECT OF THE SPECIAL CHARGES ON INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IN 1997,
AFTER INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTEREST, WAS $31,600.

<F7>
IN 1997, HUSSMANN AND MIDAS, WHICH WERE RECLASSIFIED TO DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
IN DECEMBER, 1997, RECORDED SPECIAL CHARGES OF $56,300 AND $67,600,
RESPECTIVELY.  THE AFTER-TAX AFFECT OF THESE SPECIAL CHARGES WAS $93,400.  THE
LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS WAS REPORTED NET OF INCOME TAX PROVISIONS OF
$39,100.

<F8>
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.16
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS   (0.12)
NET INCOME               $ 0.04

<F9>
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.15
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS   (0.11)
NET INCOME               $ 0.04 
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
WHITMAN CORPORATION'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000049573
<NAME> WHITMAN CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                           4,700
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  127,100
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,700
<INVENTORY>                                     64,000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               598,100<F1>
<PP&E>                                         830,600
<DEPRECIATION>                                 447,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,080,600<F2>
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          269,800<F3>
<BONDS>                                        821,700
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       456,300
<OTHER-SE>                                     185,900
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,080,600
<SALES>                                      1,501,400
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,501,400
<CGS>                                          924,400
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,306,600<F4>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                25,600<F5>
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              41,500<F6>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                127,700
<INCOME-TAX>                                    61,100
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             47,800<F7>
<DISCONTINUED>                                  91,600<F8>
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   139,400
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.33<F9>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.32<F10>
<FN>
<F1>
CURRENT ASSETS INCLUDE $356,100 OF NET CURRENT ASSETS OF COMPANIES HELD FOR
DISPOSITION.

<F2>
TOTAL ASSETS INCLUDE $775,400 OF NET ASSETS OF COMPANIES HELD FOR DISPOSITION,
INCLUDING $419,300 OF NET NON-CURRENT ASSETS, IN ADDITION TO THE NET CURRENT
ASSETS NOTED IN FOOTNOTE 1, ABOVE.

<F3>
CURRENT LIABILITES INCLUDE $85,500 OF SHORT-TERM DEBT, INCLUDING CURRENT
MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT.  

<F4>
TOTAL COSTS INCLUDE COST OF GOODS SOLD, S,G&A EXPENSES AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
OF $924,400, $366,800 AND $15,400, RESPECTIVELY.

<F5>
OTHER EXPENSES INCLUDE AN $8,700 CHARGE, PRINCIPALLY FOR ASSET WRITE-DOWNS
AT GENERAL BOTTLERS' JOINT VENTURE IN POLAND.  THE CHARGE REDUCED MINORITY
INTEREST BY $1,700.

<F6>
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET, INCLUDES INTEREST EXPENSE, INTEREST INCOME FROM HUSSMANN
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("HUSSMANN") AND MIDAS, INC.("MIDAS") AND OTHER INTEREST
INCOME OF $68,200, $23,700 AND $3,000, RESPECTIVELY.  INTEREST INCOME FROM
HUSSMANN AND MIDAS RELATED TO INTERCOMPANY LOANS AND ADVANCES.  THE RELATED
INTEREST EXPENSE RECORDED BY HUSSMANN AND MIDAS IS INCLUDED IN INCOME (LOSS)
FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS.

<F7>
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IS REDUCED BY MINORITY INTEREST OF $18,800. 

<F8>
IN DECEMBER 1997, HUSSMANN AND MIDAS WERE RECLASSIFIED TO DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS.  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS WAS REPORTED NET OF INCOME
TAX PROVISIONS OF $56,100.

<F9>
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.46
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.87
NET INCOME               $ 1.33

<F10>
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.45
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.87
NET INCOME               $ 1.32 
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
WHITMAN CORPORATION'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000049573
<NAME> WHITMAN CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       0
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         0
<SALES>                                      1,448,700
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,448,700
<CGS>                                          910,500
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,267,600<F1>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                15,300
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              47,600<F2>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                118,200
<INCOME-TAX>                                    52,800
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             46,800<F3>
<DISCONTINUED>                                  86,700<F4>
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   133,500
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.27<F5>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.26<F6>
<FN>
<F1>
TOTAL COSTS INCLUDE COST OF GOODS SOLD, S,G&A EXPENSES AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
OF $910,500, $342,500 AND $14,600, RESPECTIVELY.

<F2>
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET, INCLUDES INTEREST EXPENSE, INTEREST INCOME FROM HUSSMANN
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("HUSSMANN") AND MIDAS, INC.("MIDAS") AND OTHER INTEREST
INCOME OF $70,300, $21,800 AND $900, RESPECTIVELY.  INTEREST INCOME FROM
HUSSMANN AND MIDAS RELATED TO INTERCOMPANY LOANS AND ADVANCES.  THE RELATED
INTEREST EXPENSE RECORDED BY HUSSMANN AND MIDAS IS INCLUDED IN INCOME (LOSS)
FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS.

<F3>
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IS REDUCED BY MINORITY INTEREST OF $18,600. 

<F4>
IN DECEMBER 1997, HUSSMANN AND MIDAS WERE RECLASSIFIED TO DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS.  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS WAS REPORTED NET OF INCOME
TAX PROVISIONS OF $54,600.

<F5>
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.44
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.83
NET INCOME               $ 1.27

<F6>
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.44
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.82
NET INCOME               $ 1.26 
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
WHITMAN CORPORATION'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000049573
<NAME> WHITMAN CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       0
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         0
<SALES>                                      1,256,100
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,256,100
<CGS>                                          762,800
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,087,000<F1>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                43,400<F2>
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              45,400<F3>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 80,300
<INCOME-TAX>                                    35,600
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             26,500<F4>
<DISCONTINUED>                                  76,700<F5>
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   103,200
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.98<F6>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.97<F7>
<FN>
<F1>
TOTAL COSTS INCLUDE COST OF GOODS SOLD, S,G&A EXPENSES AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
OF $762,800, $310,300 AND $13,900, RESPECTIVELY.

<F2>
OTHER EXPENSES INCLUDE A $24,200 UNREALIZED LOSS ON THE INVESTMENT IN 
NORTHFIELD LABORATORIES INC.

<F3>
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET, INCLUDES INTEREST EXPENSE, INTEREST INCOME FROM HUSSMANN
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("HUSSMANN") AND MIDAS, INC.("MIDAS") AND OTHER INTEREST
INCOME OF $67,000, $20,600 AND $1,000, RESPECTIVELY.  INTEREST INCOME FROM
HUSSMANN AND MIDAS RELATED TO INTERCOMPANY LOANS AND ADVANCES.  THE RELATED
INTEREST EXPENSE RECORDED BY HUSSMANN AND MIDAS IS INCLUDED IN INCOME (LOSS)
FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS.

<F4>
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IS REDUCED BY MINORITY INTEREST OF $18,200. 

<F5>
IN DECEMBER 1997, HUSSMANN AND MIDAS WERE RECLASSIFIED TO DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS.  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS WAS REPORTED NET OF INCOME
TAX PROVISIONS OF $8,900.

<F6>
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.25
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.73
NET INCOME               $ 0.98

<F7>
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.25
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.72
NET INCOME               $ 0.97 
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

       
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 
WHITMAN CORPORATION'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK> 0000049573
<NAME> WHITMAN CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER> 1000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1993
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1993
<CASH>                                               0
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                               0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       0
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                           0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         0
<SALES>                                      1,179,600
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,179,600
<CGS>                                          719,000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,025,000<F1>
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 4,500
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              69,000<F2>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 81,100
<INCOME-TAX>                                    36,300
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             29,700<F3>
<DISCONTINUED>                                  62,100<F4>
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 (4,200)
<CHANGES>                                       (9,400)
<NET-INCOME>                                    78,200
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.73<F5>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.73<F6>
<FN>
<F1>
TOTAL COSTS INCLUDE COST OF GOODS SOLD, S,G&A EXPENSES AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
OF $719,000, $292,500 AND $13,500, RESPECTIVELY.

<F2>
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET, INCLUDES INTEREST EXPENSE, INTEREST INCOME FROM HUSSMANN
INTERNATIONAL, INC. ("HUSSMANN") AND MIDAS, INC.("MIDAS") AND OTHER INTEREST
INCOME OF $93,000, $16,200 AND $7,800, RESPECTIVELY.  INTEREST INCOME FROM
HUSSMANN AND MIDAS RELATED TO INTERCOMPANY LOANS AND ADVANCES.  THE RELATED
INTEREST EXPENSE RECORDED BY HUSSMANN AND MIDAS IS INCLUDED IN INCOME (LOSS)
FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS.

<F3>
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IS REDUCED BY MINORITY INTEREST OF $15,100. 

<F4>
IN DECEMBER 1997, HUSSMANN AND MIDAS WERE RECLASSIFIED TO DISCONTINUED 
OPERATIONS.  INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS WAS REPORTED NET OF INCOME
TAX PROVISIONS OF $54,400.

<F5>
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.28
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.58
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS        (0.04)
CUMULATIVE EFFECT         (0.09) 
NET INCOME               $ 0.73

<F6>
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:

CONTINUING OPERATIONS    $ 0.28
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS    0.58
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS        (0.04)
CUMULATIVE EFFECT         (0.09) 
NET INCOME               $ 0.73 
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission